This includes an (almost) up-to-date French basewiki translation.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:49-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-16 16:29+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "[[ikiwiki/searching]]"
msgstr "[[vyhledávání|ikiwiki/searching]]"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid "[[templates]]"
+msgstr ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "[[ikiwiki/searching]]"
msgstr "[[søgning|ikiwiki/searching]]"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid "[[templates]]"
+msgstr ""
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 09:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
msgid "[[ikiwiki/searching]]"
msgstr "[[Suchen|ikiwiki/searching]]"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid "[[templates]]"
+msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-16 20:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
msgid "[[ikiwiki/searching]]"
msgstr "[[Búsqueda|ikiwiki/searching]]"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid "[[templates]]"
+msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-30 09:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "[[ikiwiki/searching]]"
msgstr "[[ikiwiki/searching]]"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid "[[templates]]"
+msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-26 13:39-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-10 22:00-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-18 20:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
msgstr "Deje líneas vacías entre párrafos."
#. type: Plain text
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can \\**emphasise*\\* or \\*\\***strongly emphasise**\\*\\* text by "
-#| "placing it in single or double asterisks."
msgid ""
"You can *\\*emphasise\\** or **\\*\\*strongly emphasise\\*\\*** text by "
"placing it in single or double asterisks."
#, no-wrap
msgid " [[!listdirectives ]]\n"
msgstr " [[!listdirectives ]]\n"
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:48-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-22 09:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+"If you have an account with some of the larger web service providers, you "
+"might already have an OpenID. [Directory of OpenID providers](http://"
+"openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
msgstr ""
-"Pro získání OpenID navštivte některého z následujících poskytovatelů identit:"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
-"providers-c-1.html)"
-msgstr ""
-"nebo některého [z mnoha dalších](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-"
-"c-1.html)"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Vaše OpenID je URL, které jste získali, když jste se zaregistrovali.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"\t\\[[!meta openid=\"http://vase-id.myopenid.com/\"\n"
"\t server=\"http://www.myopenid.com/server\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pro získání OpenID navštivte některého z následujících poskytovatelů "
+#~ "identit:"
+
+#~ msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+#~ msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "nebo některého [z mnoha dalších](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vaše OpenID je URL, které jste získali, když jste se zaregistrovali.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
+#~ msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-22 21:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+"If you have an account with some of the larger web service providers, you "
+"might already have an OpenID. [Directory of OpenID providers](http://"
+"openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
msgstr ""
-"Du kan registrere en OpenID ved at besøge en af de følgende "
-"identitetsudbydere:"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
-"providers-c-1.html)"
-msgstr ""
-"eller enhver af de [mange andre derude](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
-"providers-c-1.html)"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Din OpenID er den URL som du får når du registrerer dig.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"\t\\[[!meta openid=\"http://yourid.myopenid.com/\"\n"
"\t server=\"http://www.myopenid.com/server\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du kan registrere en OpenID ved at besøge en af de følgende "
+#~ "identitetsudbydere:"
+
+#~ msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+#~ msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "eller enhver af de [mange andre derude](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Din OpenID er den URL som du får når du registrerer dig.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
+#~ msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 22:29+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"einer wachsenden Anzahl von Webseiten anzumelden."
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
-msgstr ""
-"Eine OpenID kann man bei einem der folgenden Identitäts-Anbieter erhalten:"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"or any of the [many others out "
-"there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
+"If you have an account with some of the larger web service providers, you "
+"might already have an OpenID. [Directory of OpenID providers](http://"
+"openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
msgstr ""
-"oder einem der [vielen anderen](http://openiddirectory."
-"com/openid-providers-c-1.html)."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Eine OpenID ist eine URL, die man bei der Anmeldung von seinem Anbieter "
-"erhält.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"It's also possible to make a page in the wiki usable as an OpenID url, by "
"delegating it to an openid server. Here's an example of how to do that:"
msgstr ""
-"Außerdem ist es möglich, eine Seite dieses Wikis als OpenID-URL verwendbar zu "
-"machen, indem sie an einen OpenID-Server weitergereicht wird. Hier ist ein "
-"Beispiel, wie dies gemacht wird:"
+"Außerdem ist es möglich, eine Seite dieses Wikis als OpenID-URL verwendbar "
+"zu machen, indem sie an einen OpenID-Server weitergereicht wird. Hier ist "
+"ein Beispiel, wie dies gemacht wird:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"\t\\[[!meta openid=\"http://yourid.myopenid.com/\"\n"
"\t server=\"http://www.myopenid.com/server\"]]\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eine OpenID kann man bei einem der folgenden Identitäts-Anbieter erhalten:"
+
+#~ msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+#~ msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "oder einem der [vielen anderen](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eine OpenID ist eine URL, die man bei der Anmeldung von seinem Anbieter erhält.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-19 18:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"allows you to have one login that you can use on a growing number of "
"websites."
msgstr ""
-"[OpenID](http://openid.net) es un mecanismo descentralizado de identificación que "
-"le permite tener un acceso («login») que puede usar en un número creciente de "
-"sitios web."
+"[OpenID](http://openid.net) es un mecanismo descentralizado de "
+"identificación que le permite tener un acceso («login») que puede usar en un "
+"número creciente de sitios web."
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
-msgstr "Para solicitar un OpenID, visite a alguno de los proveedores de identidad siguientes:"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
-"providers-c-1.html)"
+"If you have an account with some of the larger web service providers, you "
+"might already have an OpenID. [Directory of OpenID providers](http://"
+"openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
msgstr ""
-"o cualquier de los [muchos otros que existen](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
-"providers-c-1.html)"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Su OpenID es el URL que se le proporciona al registrarse.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"the signin form. You do not need to give this wiki a password or go through "
"any registration process when using OpenID."
msgstr ""
-"Para identificarse en este wiki usando OpenID, simplemente introdúzcalo en el "
-"Campo OpenID del formulario de identificación. Si usa OpenID, no es necesario "
-"que proporcione ninguna contraseña a este wiki, ni que realice ningún proceso "
-"de registro."
+"Para identificarse en este wiki usando OpenID, simplemente introdúzcalo en "
+"el Campo OpenID del formulario de identificación. Si usa OpenID, no es "
+"necesario que proporcione ninguna contraseña a este wiki, ni que realice "
+"ningún proceso de registro."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"\t\\[[!meta openid=\"http://yourid.myopenid.com/\"\n"
"\t server=\"http://www.myopenid.com/server\"]]\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para solicitar un OpenID, visite a alguno de los proveedores de identidad "
+#~ "siguientes:"
+
+#~ msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+#~ msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "o cualquier de los [muchos otros que existen](http://openiddirectory.com/"
+#~ "openid-providers-c-1.html)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Su OpenID es el URL que se le proporciona al registrarse.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
+#~ msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-25 09:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour obtenir un identifiant OpenID, visitez l'un des fournisseurs d'identité "
-"suivants :"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
-"providers-c-1.html)"
-msgstr ""
-"ou n'importe lequel des [nombreux autres fournisseurs existants](http://"
+"If you have an account with some of the larger web service providers, you "
+"might already have an OpenID. [Directory of OpenID providers](http://"
"openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Votre identifiant OpenID est l'URL qui vous est attribuée lorsque vous vous inscrivez.\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"\t\\[[!meta openid=\"http://yourid.myopenid.com/\"\n"
"\t server=\"http://www.myopenid.com/server\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To sign up for an OpenID, visit one of the following identity providers:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pour obtenir un identifiant OpenID, visitez l'un des fournisseurs "
+#~ "d'identité suivants :"
+
+#~ msgid "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[MyOpenID](https://www.myopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[GetOpenID](https://getopenid.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+#~ msgstr "[LiveJournal](http://www.livejournal.com/openid/)"
+
+#~ msgid "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+#~ msgstr "[TrustBearer](https://openid.trustbearer.com/)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "or any of the [many others out there](http://openiddirectory.com/openid-"
+#~ "providers-c-1.html)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ou n'importe lequel des [nombreux autres fournisseurs existants](http://"
+#~ "openiddirectory.com/openid-providers-c-1.html)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your OpenID is the URL that you are given when you sign up.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Votre identifiant OpenID est l'URL qui vous est attribuée lorsque vous vous inscrivez.\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(openid)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
+#~ msgstr "[Videntity](http://videntity.org/)"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:48-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-26 14:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"functions:"
msgstr "S komplikovanějšími výběry mohou pomoci následující funkce:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"„`link(stránka)`“ - vybere stránky, které odkazují na danou stránku (resp. "
-"stránky, pokud použijete zástupné znaky)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag "
-"(or tags matched by a glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"„`tagged(štítek)`“ - vybere stránky, které obsahují daný štítek (resp. "
-"štítky, pokud použijete zástupné znaky), nebo na něj odkazují"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
-msgstr ""
-"„`backlink(stránka)`“ - vybere pouze stránky, na které odkazuje daná stránka"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given month"
-msgstr ""
-"„`creation_month(měsíc)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené v daném měsíci"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
-msgstr ""
-"„`creation_day(den_měsíce)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené daného dne v "
-"měsíci"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
-msgstr "„`creation_year(rok)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené v daném roce"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given page "
-"was created"
-msgstr ""
-"„`created_after(stránka)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené po vytvoření "
-"dané stránky"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
-"page was created"
-msgstr ""
-"„`created_before(stránka)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené před vytvořením "
-"dané stránky"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just writing "
-"the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
-msgstr ""
-"„`glob(vzor)`“ - vybere stránky, které odpovídají danému vzoru. Použití "
-"samotného vzoru je zkratkou za tuto funkci."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
-"that globs do not usually match."
-msgstr ""
-"„`internal(vzor)`“ - jako `glob()`, ale vybere i stránky pro interní "
-"potřebu, které glob() obvykle přeskočí."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
-"(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given metadata, "
-"matching the specified glob."
-msgstr ""
-"„`title(vzor)`“, „`author(vzor)`“, „`authorurl(vzor)`“, „`license(vzor)`“, "
-"„`copyright(vzor)`“ - vybere stránky, které obsahují metadata odpovídající "
-"zadanému vzoru."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a user "
-"with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also be put "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"„`user(uživatelskéjméno)`“ - testuje, zda změnu provádí uživatel s daným "
-"uživatelským jménem. Je-li povoleno openid, můžete ho použít místo "
-"uživatelského jména."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
-"wiki admins."
-msgstr "„`admin()`“ - testuje, zda změnu provádí některý ze správců wiki."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
-"specified IP address."
-msgstr "„`ip(adresa)`“ - testuje, zda změnu provádí někdo z dané IP adresy."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to a "
-"page matching the specified glob"
+"* \"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages and other files that match the given glob.\n"
+" Just writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function.\n"
+"* \"`page(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but only matches pages, not other files\n"
+"* \"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)\n"
+"* \"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag (or\n"
+" tags matched by a glob)\n"
+"* \"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to\n"
+"* \"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only files created on the given month\n"
+"* \"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month\n"
+"* \"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year\n"
+"* \"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only files created after the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only files created before the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use \n"
+" pages that globs do not usually match.\n"
+"* \"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\",\n"
+" \"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\", \"`guid(glob)`\" \n"
+" - match pages that have the given metadata, matching the specified glob.\n"
+"* \"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a\n"
+" user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also\n"
+" be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, \n"
+" to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`\n"
+"* \"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the\n"
+" wiki admins.\n"
+"* \"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the\n"
+" specified IP address.\n"
+"* \"`comment(glob)`\" - matches comments to a page matching the glob.\n"
+"* \"`comment_pending(glob)`\" - matches unmoderated, pending comments.\n"
+"* \"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being \n"
+" posted to a page matching the specified glob\n"
msgstr ""
-"„`postcomment(vzor)`“ - shoduje se pouze pokud se komentáře ukládají do "
-"stránky odpovídající zadanému vzoru"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"„a/b/něco“. Chcete-li vyhledávat relativně k adresáři stránky, která "
"obsahuje PageSpec, můžete použít „./“. To znamená, že „./něco“ na stránce „a/"
"b“ najde stránku „a/něco“."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`link(stránka)`“ - vybere stránky, které odkazují na danou stránku "
+#~ "(resp. stránky, pokud použijete zástupné znaky)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given "
+#~ "tag (or tags matched by a glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`tagged(štítek)`“ - vybere stránky, které obsahují daný štítek (resp. "
+#~ "štítky, pokud použijete zástupné znaky), nebo na něj odkazují"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`backlink(stránka)`“ - vybere pouze stránky, na které odkazuje daná "
+#~ "stránka"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given "
+#~ "month"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`creation_month(měsíc)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené v daném měsíci"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`creation_day(den_měsíce)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené daného dne "
+#~ "v měsíci"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`creation_year(rok)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené v daném roce"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`created_after(stránka)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené po vytvoření "
+#~ "dané stránky"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`created_before(stránka)`“ - vybere pouze stránky vytvořené před "
+#~ "vytvořením dané stránky"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just "
+#~ "writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`glob(vzor)`“ - vybere stránky, které odpovídají danému vzoru. Použití "
+#~ "samotného vzoru je zkratkou za tuto funkci."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
+#~ "that globs do not usually match."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`internal(vzor)`“ - jako `glob()`, ale vybere i stránky pro interní "
+#~ "potřebu, které glob() obvykle přeskočí."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given "
+#~ "metadata, matching the specified glob."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`title(vzor)`“, „`author(vzor)`“, „`authorurl(vzor)`“, „`license(vzor)"
+#~ "`“, „`copyright(vzor)`“ - vybere stránky, které obsahují metadata "
+#~ "odpovídající zadanému vzoru."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~| "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~| "also be put here."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~ "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~ "also be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, "
+#~ "to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`user(uživatelskéjméno)`“ - testuje, zda změnu provádí uživatel s daným "
+#~ "uživatelským jménem. Je-li povoleno openid, můžete ho použít místo "
+#~ "uživatelského jména."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
+#~ "wiki admins."
+#~ msgstr "„`admin()`“ - testuje, zda změnu provádí některý ze správců wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
+#~ "specified IP address."
+#~ msgstr "„`ip(adresa)`“ - testuje, zda změnu provádí někdo z dané IP adresy."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to "
+#~ "a page matching the specified glob"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„`postcomment(vzor)`“ - shoduje se pouze pokud se komentáře ukládají do "
+#~ "stránky odpovídající zadanému vzoru"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"does not match the SandBox itself:"
msgstr ""
"Mere hyppigt har du dog brug for at passe for sider med noget bestemt i "
-"deres navne. Dette kan du udtrykke med et \"glob-mønster\". \"`*`\" står "
-"for enhver del af et sidenavn, og \"`?`\" for ethvert enkeltbogstav i et "
+"deres navne. Dette kan du udtrykke med et \"glob-mønster\". \"`*`\" står for "
+"enhver del af et sidenavn, og \"`?`\" for ethvert enkeltbogstav i et "
"sidenavn. Så dette passer for alle sider om musik, og alle [[UnderSider||"
"SubPage]] til sandkassen, men ikke selve sandkasse-siden:"
"functions:"
msgstr "Resultaterne kan begrænses mere nuanceret med disse funktioner:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`link(side)`\" - passer kun for sider som henviser til en given side "
-"(eller glob)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag "
-"(or tags matched by a glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`tagged(mærkat)`\" - passer for sider mærket af med eller som henviser til "
-"den givne mærkat (eller mærkater som passer for et glob)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`backlink(side)`\" - passer kun for sider som en given side henviser til"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given month"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`creation_month(måned)`\" - passer kun for sider oprettet den givne måned"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
-msgstr "\"`creation_day(månedsdag)`\" - eller dag på måneden"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
-msgstr "\"`creation_year(år)`\" - eller år"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given page "
-"was created"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`created_after(side)`\" - passer kun for sider oprettet efter den givne "
-"side blev oprettet"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
-"page was created"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`created_before(side)`\" - passer kun for sider oprettet før den givne "
-"side blev oprettet"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just writing "
-"the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`glob(nogetglob)`\" - passer for sider som passer for det givne glob. Blot "
-"at skrive glob'et alene er faktisk en genvej til denne funktion."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
-"that globs do not usually match."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - lissom `glob()`, men passer også for internt anvendte "
-"sider som glob normalt ikke passer for."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
-"(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given metadata, "
-"matching the specified glob."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
-"(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - passer for sider med de givne metadata, "
-"som passer for det angivne glob."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a user "
-"with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also be put "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`user(brugernavn)`\" - tester hvorvidt en ændring foretages af en bruger "
-"med det angivne brugernavn. Hvis openid er aktiveret, kan en openid også "
-"bruges her."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
-"wiki admins."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - tester hvorvidt en ændring foretages af en af wiki-"
-"administratorerne."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
-"specified IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`ip(adresse)`\" - tester hvorvidt en ændring foretages fra den angivne IP-"
-"adresse."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to a "
-"page matching the specified glob"
+"* \"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages and other files that match the given glob.\n"
+" Just writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function.\n"
+"* \"`page(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but only matches pages, not other files\n"
+"* \"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)\n"
+"* \"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag (or\n"
+" tags matched by a glob)\n"
+"* \"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to\n"
+"* \"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only files created on the given month\n"
+"* \"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month\n"
+"* \"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year\n"
+"* \"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only files created after the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only files created before the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use \n"
+" pages that globs do not usually match.\n"
+"* \"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\",\n"
+" \"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\", \"`guid(glob)`\" \n"
+" - match pages that have the given metadata, matching the specified glob.\n"
+"* \"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a\n"
+" user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also\n"
+" be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, \n"
+" to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`\n"
+"* \"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the\n"
+" wiki admins.\n"
+"* \"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the\n"
+" specified IP address.\n"
+"* \"`comment(glob)`\" - matches comments to a page matching the glob.\n"
+"* \"`comment_pending(glob)`\" - matches unmoderated, pending comments.\n"
+"* \"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being \n"
+" posted to a page matching the specified glob\n"
msgstr ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - passer kun når kommentarer er blevet indsendt "
-"til en side som passer for det angivne glob"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"passe for siderne navngivet \"a/foo\" eller \"a/b/foo\". For at afstemme "
"relativt til samme mappe som siden der indeholder pagespec'et kan du bruge "
"\"./\". Eksempelvis passer \"./foo\" på siden \"a/b\" for siden \"a/foo\"."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`link(side)`\" - passer kun for sider som henviser til en given side "
+#~ "(eller glob)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given "
+#~ "tag (or tags matched by a glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(mærkat)`\" - passer for sider mærket af med eller som henviser "
+#~ "til den givne mærkat (eller mærkater som passer for et glob)"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`backlink(side)`\" - passer kun for sider som en given side henviser til"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given "
+#~ "month"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(måned)`\" - passer kun for sider oprettet den givne "
+#~ "måned"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
+#~ msgstr "\"`creation_day(månedsdag)`\" - eller dag på måneden"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
+#~ msgstr "\"`creation_year(år)`\" - eller år"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(side)`\" - passer kun for sider oprettet efter den givne "
+#~ "side blev oprettet"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(side)`\" - passer kun for sider oprettet før den givne "
+#~ "side blev oprettet"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just "
+#~ "writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`glob(nogetglob)`\" - passer for sider som passer for det givne glob. "
+#~ "Blot at skrive glob'et alene er faktisk en genvej til denne funktion."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
+#~ "that globs do not usually match."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - lissom `glob()`, men passer også for internt "
+#~ "anvendte sider som glob normalt ikke passer for."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given "
+#~ "metadata, matching the specified glob."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - passer for sider med de givne "
+#~ "metadata, som passer for det angivne glob."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~| "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~| "also be put here."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~ "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~ "also be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, "
+#~ "to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`user(brugernavn)`\" - tester hvorvidt en ændring foretages af en "
+#~ "bruger med det angivne brugernavn. Hvis openid er aktiveret, kan en "
+#~ "openid også bruges her."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
+#~ "wiki admins."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - tester hvorvidt en ændring foretages af en af wiki-"
+#~ "administratorerne."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
+#~ "specified IP address."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`ip(adresse)`\" - tester hvorvidt en ændring foretages fra den angivne "
+#~ "IP-adresse."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to "
+#~ "a page matching the specified glob"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - passer kun når kommentarer er blevet indsendt "
+#~ "til en side som passer for det angivne glob"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 13:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"emails you want subscribe to, or pages to combine into a blog, the wiki uses "
"a PageSpec. This is an expression that matches a set of pages."
msgstr ""
-"Um eine Menge von Seiten auszuwählen (etwa Seiten, die gesperrt werden sollen, "
-"deren Einrechungs-Mails man abonnieren will, oder die man zu einem Blog "
-"kombinieren will), verwendet das Wiki eine PageSpec. Dies ist ein Ausdruck, "
-"der auf bestimmte Seiten passt."
+"Um eine Menge von Seiten auszuwählen (etwa Seiten, die gesperrt werden "
+"sollen, deren Einrechungs-Mails man abonnieren will, oder die man zu einem "
+"Blog kombinieren will), verwendet das Wiki eine PageSpec. Dies ist ein "
+"Ausdruck, der auf bestimmte Seiten passt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The simplest PageSpec is a simple list of pages. For example, this matches "
"any of the three listed pages:"
msgstr ""
-"Die einfachste PageSpec ist eine einfache Liste von Seiten. Zum Beispiel passt "
-"dies "
-"auf jede der drei aufgezählten Seiten:"
+"Die einfachste PageSpec ist eine einfache Liste von Seiten. Zum Beispiel "
+"passt dies auf jede der drei aufgezählten Seiten:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
"Häufiger wird es vorkommen, dass man Seiten erfassen will, deren Name etwas "
"bestimmtes enthält. Man kann dies mit einem Muster tun: \"`*`\" steht für "
-"einen beliebigen Teil eines Seitennamens und \"`?`\" steht für einen beliebigen "
-"Buchstaben eines Seitennamens. Also passt dies alle Seiten über Musik, und alle "
-"[[Unterseiten|SubPage]] des Sandkastens, aber nicht auf den Sandkasten selbst:"
+"einen beliebigen Teil eines Seitennamens und \"`?`\" steht für einen "
+"beliebigen Buchstaben eines Seitennamens. Also passt dies alle Seiten über "
+"Musik, und alle [[Unterseiten|SubPage]] des Sandkastens, aber nicht auf den "
+"Sandkasten selbst:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"match all pages except for Discussion pages and the SandBox:"
msgstr ""
"Man kann einem Eintrag ein \"`!`\" voranstellen, um die betreffenden Seiten "
-"auszuschließen. Auf diese Weise können alle Seiten außer Diskussionsseiten und "
-"Sandkasten erfasst werden:"
+"auszuschließen. Auf diese Weise können alle Seiten außer Diskussionsseiten "
+"und Sandkasten erfasst werden:"
#. type: Bullet: ' * '
msgid "and !SandBox and !*/Discussion"
"Einige weitergehende Einschränkungen können hinzugefügt werden, indem die "
"folgenden Funktionen verwendet werden:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`link(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die einen Link auf die angegebene Seite "
-"(oder das angegebene Muster) enthalten"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag "
-"(or tags matched by a glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die mit dem angegebenen Tag versehen "
-"sind oder auf diesen verweisen (auch hier kann ein Muster verwendet werden)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`backlink(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, auf die von der angegebenen Seite "
-"verwiesen wird"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given month"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`creation_month(month)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die im angegebenen Monat "
-"erstellt wurden"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
-msgstr "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - genauso für einen Tag im Monat"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
-msgstr "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - der ein Jahr"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given page "
-"was created"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die nach der angegebenen Seite "
-"angelegt wurden"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
-"page was created"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die vor der angegebenen Seite "
-"angelegt wurden."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just writing "
-"the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, auf die das angegebene Muster passt."
-" "
-"Das Muster direkt anzugeben ist eine Abkürzung für diese Funktion."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
-"that globs do not usually match."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - wie `glob()`, aber es werden auch intern verwendete "
-"Seiten "
-"erfasst, auf die normale Muster nicht passen."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", "
-"\"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given "
-"metadata, matching the specified glob."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", "
-"\"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - passt auf Seiten, deren Metadaten "
-"auf die angegebenen Muster passen."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a user "
-"with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also be put "
-"here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, to match all "
-"openid users, use `user(*://*)`"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - prüft ob eine Änderung von einem Benutzer mit dem "
-"angegebenen Namen gemacht wird. Wenn OpenID aktiviert ist, kann auch eine "
-"OpenID angegeben werden. Muster können im Benutzernamen verwendet werden. "
-"zum Beispiel können alle OpenID-Nutzer mit `user(*://*)` erfasst werden."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
-"wiki admins."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - prüft ob eine Änderung durch einen der Wiki-Administratoren "
-"gemacht wird."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
-"specified IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - prüft ob eine Änderung von der angegebenen IP-Adresse aus "
-"gemacht wird."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to a "
-"page matching the specified glob"
+"* \"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages and other files that match the given glob.\n"
+" Just writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function.\n"
+"* \"`page(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but only matches pages, not other files\n"
+"* \"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)\n"
+"* \"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag (or\n"
+" tags matched by a glob)\n"
+"* \"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to\n"
+"* \"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only files created on the given month\n"
+"* \"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month\n"
+"* \"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year\n"
+"* \"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only files created after the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only files created before the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use \n"
+" pages that globs do not usually match.\n"
+"* \"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\",\n"
+" \"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\", \"`guid(glob)`\" \n"
+" - match pages that have the given metadata, matching the specified glob.\n"
+"* \"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a\n"
+" user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also\n"
+" be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, \n"
+" to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`\n"
+"* \"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the\n"
+" wiki admins.\n"
+"* \"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the\n"
+" specified IP address.\n"
+"* \"`comment(glob)`\" - matches comments to a page matching the glob.\n"
+"* \"`comment_pending(glob)`\" - matches unmoderated, pending comments.\n"
+"* \"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being \n"
+" posted to a page matching the specified glob\n"
msgstr ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - passt nur, wenn ein Kommentar zu einer durch das "
-"Muster angegebenen Seite gemacht wird"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"For example, to match all pages in a blog that link to the page about music "
"and were written in 2005:"
msgstr ""
-"Zum Beispiel können alle Seiten eines Blogs ausgewählt werden, die einen Link "
-"zu einer Seite über Musik enthalten und 2005 geschrieben wurden:"
+"Zum Beispiel können alle Seiten eines Blogs ausgewählt werden, die einen "
+"Link zu einer Seite über Musik enthalten und 2005 geschrieben wurden:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"to match one expression. Note that it doesn't make sense to say \"index and "
"SandBox\", since no page can match both expressions."
msgstr ""
-"Beachte die Verwendung von `and` im obigen Beispiel: Dies bewirkt, dass "
-"nur die Seiten auf den gesamten Ausdruck passen, die auf alle drei "
-"Teilausdrücke passen. Verwende `and` um Ausdrücke so zu kombinieren "
-"und `or` wenn eine Seite nur auf einen der Ausdrücke passen soll. Beachte "
-"dass es sinnlos ist, `index and SandBox` zu sagen, da keine Seite auf beide "
-"Ausdrücke passen kann."
+"Beachte die Verwendung von `and` im obigen Beispiel: Dies bewirkt, dass nur "
+"die Seiten auf den gesamten Ausdruck passen, die auf alle drei Teilausdrücke "
+"passen. Verwende `and` um Ausdrücke so zu kombinieren und `or` wenn eine "
+"Seite nur auf einen der Ausdrücke passen soll. Beachte dass es sinnlos ist, "
+"`index and SandBox` zu sagen, da keine Seite auf beide Ausdrücke passen kann."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"grouping. For example, to match pages in a blog that are tagged with either "
"of two tags, use:"
msgstr ""
-"Es können auch komplexere Ausdrücke erstellt werden, indem Klammern "
-"zur Gruppierung verwendet werden. Zum Beispiel passt der folgende "
-"Ausdruck auf Blog-Seiten, die mit einem der beiden angegebenen Tags "
-"versehen sind:"
+"Es können auch komplexere Ausdrücke erstellt werden, indem Klammern zur "
+"Gruppierung verwendet werden. Zum Beispiel passt der folgende Ausdruck auf "
+"Blog-Seiten, die mit einem der beiden angegebenen Tags versehen sind:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"directory of the page containing the pagespec, you can use \"./\". For "
"example, \"./foo\" on page \"a/b\" matches page \"a/foo\"."
msgstr ""
-"Beachte, dass Seitennamen in PageSpecs auf den absoluten Dateinamen "
-"der Seiten im Wiki passen müssen: Die PageSpec `foo` auf der Seite `a/b` "
-"wird weder auf `a/foo` noch auf `a/b/foo` passen. Um relative Pfade zum "
-"Verzeichnis der Seite, die die PageSpec enthält, zu verwenden, kannst du "
-"`./` verwenden. Zum Beispiel passt `./foo` auf der Seite `a/b` auf `a/foo`."
-
-
+"Beachte, dass Seitennamen in PageSpecs auf den absoluten Dateinamen der "
+"Seiten im Wiki passen müssen: Die PageSpec `foo` auf der Seite `a/b` wird "
+"weder auf `a/foo` noch auf `a/b/foo` passen. Um relative Pfade zum "
+"Verzeichnis der Seite, die die PageSpec enthält, zu verwenden, kannst du `./"
+"` verwenden. Zum Beispiel passt `./foo` auf der Seite `a/b` auf `a/foo`."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die einen Link auf die "
+#~ "angegebene Seite (oder das angegebene Muster) enthalten"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given "
+#~ "tag (or tags matched by a glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die mit dem angegebenen Tag "
+#~ "versehen sind oder auf diesen verweisen (auch hier kann ein Muster "
+#~ "verwendet werden)"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`backlink(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, auf die von der angegebenen "
+#~ "Seite verwiesen wird"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given "
+#~ "month"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die im angegebenen "
+#~ "Monat erstellt wurden"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
+#~ msgstr "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - genauso für einen Tag im Monat"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
+#~ msgstr "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - der ein Jahr"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die nach der "
+#~ "angegebenen Seite angelegt wurden"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, die vor der "
+#~ "angegebenen Seite angelegt wurden."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just "
+#~ "writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - passt nur auf Seiten, auf die das angegebene "
+#~ "Muster passt. Das Muster direkt anzugeben ist eine Abkürzung für diese "
+#~ "Funktion."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
+#~ "that globs do not usually match."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - wie `glob()`, aber es werden auch intern "
+#~ "verwendete Seiten erfasst, auf die normale Muster nicht passen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given "
+#~ "metadata, matching the specified glob."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - passt auf Seiten, deren Metadaten auf "
+#~ "die angegebenen Muster passen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~ "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~ "also be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, "
+#~ "to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - prüft ob eine Änderung von einem Benutzer mit dem "
+#~ "angegebenen Namen gemacht wird. Wenn OpenID aktiviert ist, kann auch eine "
+#~ "OpenID angegeben werden. Muster können im Benutzernamen verwendet werden. "
+#~ "zum Beispiel können alle OpenID-Nutzer mit `user(*://*)` erfasst werden."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
+#~ "wiki admins."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - prüft ob eine Änderung durch einen der Wiki-"
+#~ "Administratoren gemacht wird."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
+#~ "specified IP address."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - prüft ob eine Änderung von der angegebenen IP-Adresse "
+#~ "aus gemacht wird."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to "
+#~ "a page matching the specified glob"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - passt nur, wenn ein Kommentar zu einer durch "
+#~ "das Muster angegebenen Seite gemacht wird"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-23 21:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"a PageSpec. This is an expression that matches a set of pages."
msgstr ""
"Para seleccionar un conjunto de páginas, como páginas que están bloqueadas, "
-"páginas a cuyo envío de correo electrónico quiere suscribirse, o páginas para combinar "
-"en un blog, el wiki utiliza una PageSpec. Ésta consiste en una expresión que se "
-"corresponde con un conjunto de páginas."
+"páginas a cuyo envío de correo electrónico quiere suscribirse, o páginas "
+"para combinar en un blog, el wiki utiliza una PageSpec. Ésta consiste en una "
+"expresión que se corresponde con un conjunto de páginas."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"does not match the SandBox itself:"
msgstr ""
"A menudo querrá seleccionar cualquier página que tenga alguna particularidad "
-"en su nombre. Puede hacerlo utilizando un patrón «glob». \"`*`\" representa cualquier "
-"parte del nombre de una página, y \"`?`\" cualquier letra del nombre de una página. "
-"Así, esto se corresponde con todas las páginas sobre música, y cualquier [[subpágina|SubPage]] "
-"de la [[zona de pruebas («SandBox»)|SandBox]], pero no con la zona de pruebas («SandBox») misma:"
+"en su nombre. Puede hacerlo utilizando un patrón «glob». \"`*`\" representa "
+"cualquier parte del nombre de una página, y \"`?`\" cualquier letra del "
+"nombre de una página. Así, esto se corresponde con todas las páginas sobre "
+"música, y cualquier [[subpágina|SubPage]] de la [[zona de pruebas "
+"(«SandBox»)|SandBox]], pero no con la zona de pruebas («SandBox») misma:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"You can also prefix an item with \"`!`\" to skip pages that match it. So to "
"match all pages except for Discussion pages and the SandBox:"
msgstr ""
-"También puede utilizar \"`!`\" delante de un elemento para que no se incluyan "
-"las páginas que se correspondan con ese elemento. Así, para seleccionar todas "
-"las páginas excepto las de Discusión y la Zona de pruebas («SandBox»):"
+"También puede utilizar \"`!`\" delante de un elemento para que no se "
+"incluyan las páginas que se correspondan con ese elemento. Así, para "
+"seleccionar todas las páginas excepto las de Discusión y la Zona de pruebas "
+"(«SandBox»):"
#. type: Bullet: ' * '
msgid "and !SandBox and !*/Discussion"
"Se pueden añadir límites más elaborados para seleccionar páginas utilizando "
"estas funciones:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`link(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas que enlazan a una determiada "
-"página (o patrón «glob»)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag "
-"(or tags matched by a glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - selecciona páginas que están etiquetadas con o enlazadas "
-"a la etiqueta dada (o etiquetas que se corresponden con un patrón «glob»)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`backlink(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas a las que enlaza una "
-"página determinada"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given month"
-msgstr "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas creadas en el mes dado"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
-msgstr "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - o en el día del mes"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
-msgstr "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - o en el año"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given page "
-"was created"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas creadas después de que la "
-"página dada fuera creada"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
-"page was created"
-msgstr ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas creadas antes de que la "
-"página dada fuera creada"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just writing "
-"the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas que se corresponden con el «glob» "
-"dado. Escribir simplemente el «glob» mismo es una abreviatura para esta función."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
-"that globs do not usually match."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - como `glob()`, pero selecciona incluso páginas de uso "
-"interno, que los «globs» normalmente no seleccionan."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
-"(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given metadata, "
-"matching the specified glob."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
-"(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - seleccionan páginas que contienen los metadatos "
-"dados, que se corresponden con el «glob» especificado."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a user "
-"with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also be put "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - comprueba si se está haciendo una modificación por un "
-"usuario con el nombre de usuario especificado. Si openid está habilitado, también "
-"se puede usar aquí un openid."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
-"wiki admins."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - comprueba si se está haciendo una modificación por uno de "
-"los administradores del wiki."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
-"specified IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - comprueba si se está haciendo una modificación desde "
-"la dirección IP especificada."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to a "
-"page matching the specified glob"
+"* \"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages and other files that match the given glob.\n"
+" Just writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function.\n"
+"* \"`page(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but only matches pages, not other files\n"
+"* \"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)\n"
+"* \"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag (or\n"
+" tags matched by a glob)\n"
+"* \"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to\n"
+"* \"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only files created on the given month\n"
+"* \"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month\n"
+"* \"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year\n"
+"* \"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only files created after the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only files created before the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use \n"
+" pages that globs do not usually match.\n"
+"* \"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\",\n"
+" \"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\", \"`guid(glob)`\" \n"
+" - match pages that have the given metadata, matching the specified glob.\n"
+"* \"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a\n"
+" user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also\n"
+" be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, \n"
+" to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`\n"
+"* \"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the\n"
+" wiki admins.\n"
+"* \"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the\n"
+" specified IP address.\n"
+"* \"`comment(glob)`\" - matches comments to a page matching the glob.\n"
+"* \"`comment_pending(glob)`\" - matches unmoderated, pending comments.\n"
+"* \"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being \n"
+" posted to a page matching the specified glob\n"
msgstr ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - selecciona solamente cuando se están poniendo comentarios "
-"a una página que se corresponde con el «glob» especificado"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"For example, to match all pages in a blog that link to the page about music "
"and were written in 2005:"
msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, para seleccionar todas las páginas de un blog que enlazan a la página "
-"sobre música y que fueron escritas en 2005:"
+"Por ejemplo, para seleccionar todas las páginas de un blog que enlazan a la "
+"página sobre música y que fueron escritas en 2005:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"to match one expression. Note that it doesn't make sense to say \"index and "
"SandBox\", since no page can match both expressions."
msgstr ""
-"Fíjese en el uso de \"and\" en el ejemplo anterior, que significa que sólo son seleccionadas "
-"las páginas que se corresponden con cada una de las tres expresiones. Utilice \"and\" "
-"cuando quiera combinar una expresión como ésa; utilice \"or\" cuando sea suficiente que una "
-"página se corresponda con una de las expresiones. Fíjese en que no tiene sentido decir "
-"\"index and SandBox\", puesto que ninguna página puede corresponderse con ambas "
-"expresiones."
+"Fíjese en el uso de \"and\" en el ejemplo anterior, que significa que sólo "
+"son seleccionadas las páginas que se corresponden con cada una de las tres "
+"expresiones. Utilice \"and\" cuando quiera combinar una expresión como ésa; "
+"utilice \"or\" cuando sea suficiente que una página se corresponda con una "
+"de las expresiones. Fíjese en que no tiene sentido decir \"index and SandBox"
+"\", puesto que ninguna página puede corresponderse con ambas expresiones."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"grouping. For example, to match pages in a blog that are tagged with either "
"of two tags, use:"
msgstr ""
-"También se pueden crear expresiones más complejas, utilizando paréntesis para "
-"agruparlas. Por ejemplo, para seleccionar páginas de un blog que están etiquetadas "
-"con alguna de dos etiquetas, utilice:"
+"También se pueden crear expresiones más complejas, utilizando paréntesis "
+"para agruparlas. Por ejemplo, para seleccionar páginas de un blog que están "
+"etiquetadas con alguna de dos etiquetas, utilice:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"directory of the page containing the pagespec, you can use \"./\". For "
"example, \"./foo\" on page \"a/b\" matches page \"a/foo\"."
msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que los nombres de página en las PageSpecs se seleccionan según los "
-"nombre de archivo absolutos de las páginas del wiki, de tal modo que una «pagespec» "
-"\"foo\" utilizada en la página \"a/b\" no seleccionará una página llamada \"a/foo\" o \"a/b/foo\". "
-"Para seleccionar de manera relativa al directorio de la página que contiene la «pagespec», "
-"puede utilizar \"./\". Por ejemplo, \"./foo\" en la página \"a/b\" selecciona la página \"a/foo\"."
+"Tenga en cuenta que los nombres de página en las PageSpecs se seleccionan "
+"según los nombre de archivo absolutos de las páginas del wiki, de tal modo "
+"que una «pagespec» \"foo\" utilizada en la página \"a/b\" no seleccionará "
+"una página llamada \"a/foo\" o \"a/b/foo\". Para seleccionar de manera "
+"relativa al directorio de la página que contiene la «pagespec», puede "
+"utilizar \"./\". Por ejemplo, \"./foo\" en la página \"a/b\" selecciona la "
+"página \"a/foo\"."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas que enlazan a una "
+#~ "determiada página (o patrón «glob»)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given "
+#~ "tag (or tags matched by a glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - selecciona páginas que están etiquetadas con o "
+#~ "enlazadas a la etiqueta dada (o etiquetas que se corresponden con un "
+#~ "patrón «glob»)"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`backlink(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas a las que enlaza una "
+#~ "página determinada"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given "
+#~ "month"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas creadas en el "
+#~ "mes dado"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
+#~ msgstr "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - o en el día del mes"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
+#~ msgstr "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - o en el año"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas creadas después "
+#~ "de que la página dada fuera creada"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas creadas antes "
+#~ "de que la página dada fuera creada"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just "
+#~ "writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - selecciona solamente páginas que se corresponden "
+#~ "con el «glob» dado. Escribir simplemente el «glob» mismo es una "
+#~ "abreviatura para esta función."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
+#~ "that globs do not usually match."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - como `glob()`, pero selecciona incluso páginas de "
+#~ "uso interno, que los «globs» normalmente no seleccionan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given "
+#~ "metadata, matching the specified glob."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - seleccionan páginas que contienen los "
+#~ "metadatos dados, que se corresponden con el «glob» especificado."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~| "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~| "also be put here."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~ "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~ "also be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, "
+#~ "to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - comprueba si se está haciendo una modificación por "
+#~ "un usuario con el nombre de usuario especificado. Si openid está "
+#~ "habilitado, también se puede usar aquí un openid."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
+#~ "wiki admins."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - comprueba si se está haciendo una modificación por uno de "
+#~ "los administradores del wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
+#~ "specified IP address."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - comprueba si se está haciendo una modificación desde "
+#~ "la dirección IP especificada."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to "
+#~ "a page matching the specified glob"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - selecciona solamente cuando se están poniendo "
+#~ "comentarios a una página que se corresponde con el «glob» especificado"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.141\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-02 17:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-16 10:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Steve Petruzzello <dlist@bluewin.ch>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"part of a page name, and \"`?`\" for any single letter of a page name. So "
"this matches all pages about music, and any [[SubPage]]s of the SandBox, but "
"does not match the SandBox itself:"
-msgstr "La plupart du temps, vous voulez trouver les pages qui contiennent une expression particulière dans leur nom. Cela s'obtient en utilisant un motif (« glob pattern »). Le métacaractère « `*` » correspond à n'importe quelle partie du nom de la page et le métacaractère « `?` » à n'importe quelle lettre. Ainsi, l'expression suivante correspond à toutes les pages traitant de musique et à n'importe quelle sous-page [[SubPage]] de la *SandBox*, mais pas à la *SandBox* elle-même :"
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart du temps, vous voulez trouver les pages qui contiennent une "
+"expression particulière dans leur nom. Cela s'obtient en utilisant un motif "
+"(« glob pattern »). Le métacaractère « `*` » correspond à n'importe quelle "
+"partie du nom de la page et le métacaractère « `?` » à n'importe quelle "
+"lettre. Ainsi, l'expression suivante correspond à toutes les pages traitant "
+"de musique et à n'importe quelle sous-page [[SubPage]] de la *SandBox*, mais "
+"pas à la *SandBox* elle-même :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"You can also prefix an item with \"`!`\" to skip pages that match it. So to "
"match all pages except for Discussion pages and the SandBox:"
-msgstr "Vous pouvez également préfixer un élément avec « `!` » pour ignorer les pages correspondantes. Ainsi pour trouver toutes les pages sauf les pages Discussion et la page *SandBox* :"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également préfixer un élément avec « `!` » pour ignorer les "
+"pages correspondantes. Ainsi pour trouver toutes les pages sauf les pages "
+"Discussion et la page *SandBox* :"
#. type: Bullet: ' * '
msgid "and !SandBox and !*/Discussion"
"Des contraintes plus élaborées peuvent être ajoutées avec les fonctions "
"suivantes :"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
-msgstr "« `link(page)` » - correspond aux pages ayant un lien vers cette page (ou motif)"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag "
-"(or tags matched by a glob)"
-msgstr ""
-"« `tagged(tag)` » - correspond aux pages qui sont marquées ou qui sont liées "
-"à l'étiquette donnée (ou des étiquettes correspondant à un motif)."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
-msgstr ""
-"« `backlink(page)` » - correspond seulement aux pages qui sont pointées "
-"(lien) par la page donnée."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given month"
-msgstr "« `creation_month(mois)` » - correspond aux pages créées durant ce mois"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
-msgstr "« `creation_day(jour)` » - ou au jour de ce mois"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
-msgstr "« `creation_year(année)` » - ou année"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given page "
-"was created"
-msgstr ""
-"« `created_after(page)` » - correspond aux pages créées après la page donnée"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
-"page was created"
-msgstr "« `created_before(page) » - correspond aux pages créées avant la page donnée"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just writing "
-"the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
-msgstr ""
-"« `glob(motif)` » - correspond aux pages correspondantes au motif donné. "
-"N'écrire que le motif lui-même est un raccourci pour cette fonction."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
-"that globs do not usually match."
-msgstr ""
-"« `internal(motif)` » - pareil à `glob()`, mais correspond en plus aux pages "
-"à usage interne que la fonction glob ne trouve pas en général."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
-"(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given metadata, "
-"matching the specified glob."
-msgstr ""
-"« `title(motif)`, `author(motif)`, `authorurl(motif)`, `license(motif)`, "
-"`copyright(motif)` » - renvoient les pages qui possèdent les métadonnées "
-"correspondant au motif donné."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a user "
-"with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also be put "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"« `user(identifiant)` » - teste si une modification est faite par "
-"l'identifiant donné. Si openid est activé, on peut aussi l'utiliser."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
-"wiki admins."
-msgstr ""
-"« `admin()` » - teste si une modification par un administrateur est en cours."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
-"specified IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"« `ip(adresse)` » - teste si une modification par l'IP donnée est en cours."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to a "
-"page matching the specified glob"
+"* \"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages and other files that match the given glob.\n"
+" Just writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function.\n"
+"* \"`page(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but only matches pages, not other files\n"
+"* \"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)\n"
+"* \"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given tag (or\n"
+" tags matched by a glob)\n"
+"* \"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to\n"
+"* \"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only files created on the given month\n"
+"* \"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month\n"
+"* \"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year\n"
+"* \"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only files created after the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only files created before the given page\n"
+" was created\n"
+"* \"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use \n"
+" pages that globs do not usually match.\n"
+"* \"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\",\n"
+" \"`license(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\", \"`guid(glob)`\" \n"
+" - match pages that have the given metadata, matching the specified glob.\n"
+"* \"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a\n"
+" user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can also\n"
+" be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, \n"
+" to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`\n"
+"* \"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the\n"
+" wiki admins.\n"
+"* \"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the\n"
+" specified IP address.\n"
+"* \"`comment(glob)`\" - matches comments to a page matching the glob.\n"
+"* \"`comment_pending(glob)`\" - matches unmoderated, pending comments.\n"
+"* \"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being \n"
+" posted to a page matching the specified glob\n"
msgstr ""
-"« `postcomment(motif) » - ne correspond que si des commentaires sont postés "
-"vers une page correspondant au motif donné."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"SandBox\", since no page can match both expressions."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter l'utilisation du « and » dans l'exemple ci-dessus. Seules les "
-"pages dont les trois conditions sont vraies seront trouvées. Utilisez « and » "
-"pour ce genre d'expression combinée. « or » est utilisé quand une seule des "
-"trois conditions est suffisante. Veuillez noter que « index and SandBox » n'a "
-"pas de sens puisqu'aucune page ne peut correspondre aux deux expressions."
+"pages dont les trois conditions sont vraies seront trouvées. Utilisez "
+"« and » pour ce genre d'expression combinée. « or » est utilisé quand une "
+"seule des trois conditions est suffisante. Veuillez noter que « index and "
+"SandBox » n'a pas de sens puisqu'aucune page ne peut correspondre aux deux "
+"expressions."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que le nom d'une page dans une spécification de page "
"correspond au nom absolu du fichier dans le wiki. Ainsi une expression "
-"« foo » utilisée sur une page « a/b » ne correspondra pas à une page nommée « a/"
-"foo » ni à une page « a/b/foo ». Pour une correspondance relative au "
+"« foo » utilisée sur une page « a/b » ne correspondra pas à une page nommée "
+"« a/foo » ni à une page « a/b/foo ». Pour une correspondance relative au "
"répertoire de la page contenant la spécification, vous pouvez utiliser "
-"« ./ ». Par exemple, « ./foo » sur la page « a/b » correspondra à la page « a/"
-"foo »."
+"« ./ ». Par exemple, « ./foo » sur la page « a/b » correspondra à la page "
+"« a/foo »."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`link(page)`\" - matches only pages that link to a given page (or glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `link(page)` » - correspond aux pages ayant un lien vers cette page (ou "
+#~ "motif)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`tagged(tag)`\" - matches pages that are tagged or link to the given "
+#~ "tag (or tags matched by a glob)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `tagged(tag)` » - correspond aux pages qui sont marquées ou qui sont "
+#~ "liées à l'étiquette donnée (ou des étiquettes correspondant à un motif)."
+
+#~ msgid "\"`backlink(page)`\" - matches only pages that a given page links to"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `backlink(page)` » - correspond seulement aux pages qui sont pointées "
+#~ "(lien) par la page donnée."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`creation_month(month)`\" - matches only pages created on the given "
+#~ "month"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `creation_month(mois)` » - correspond aux pages créées durant ce mois"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_day(mday)`\" - or day of the month"
+#~ msgstr "« `creation_day(jour)` » - ou au jour de ce mois"
+
+#~ msgid "\"`creation_year(year)`\" - or year"
+#~ msgstr "« `creation_year(année)` » - ou année"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_after(page)`\" - matches only pages created after the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `created_after(page)` » - correspond aux pages créées après la page "
+#~ "donnée"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`created_before(page)`\" - matches only pages created before the given "
+#~ "page was created"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `created_before(page) » - correspond aux pages créées avant la page "
+#~ "donnée"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`glob(someglob)`\" - matches pages that match the given glob. Just "
+#~ "writing the glob by itself is actually a shorthand for this function."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `glob(motif)` » - correspond aux pages correspondantes au motif donné. "
+#~ "N'écrire que le motif lui-même est un raccourci pour cette fonction."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`internal(glob)`\" - like `glob()`, but matches even internal-use pages "
+#~ "that globs do not usually match."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `internal(motif)` » - pareil à `glob()`, mais correspond en plus aux "
+#~ "pages à usage interne que la fonction glob ne trouve pas en général."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`title(glob)`\", \"`author(glob)`\", \"`authorurl(glob)`\", \"`license"
+#~ "(glob)`\", \"`copyright(glob)`\" - match pages that have the given "
+#~ "metadata, matching the specified glob."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `title(motif)`, `author(motif)`, `authorurl(motif)`, `license(motif)`, "
+#~ "`copyright(motif)` » - renvoient les pages qui possèdent les métadonnées "
+#~ "correspondant au motif donné."
+
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~| "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~| "also be put here."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`user(username)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by a "
+#~ "user with the specified username. If openid is enabled, an openid can "
+#~ "also be put here. Glob patterns can be used in the username. For example, "
+#~ "to match all openid users, use `user(*://*)`"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `user(identifiant)` » - teste si une modification est faite par "
+#~ "l'identifiant donné. Si openid est activé, on peut aussi l'utiliser. "
+#~ "L'identifiant peut contenir des expressions régulières. Par exemple, pour "
+#~ "obtenir tous les utilisateurs openid, utilisez l'expression `user(*://*)`."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`admin()`\" - tests whether a modification is being made by one of the "
+#~ "wiki admins."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `admin()` » - teste si une modification par un administrateur est en "
+#~ "cours."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`ip(address)`\" - tests whether a modification is being made from the "
+#~ "specified IP address."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `ip(adresse)` » - teste si une modification par l'IP donnée est en "
+#~ "cours."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\"`postcomment(glob)`\" - matches only when comments are being posted to "
+#~ "a page matching the specified glob"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "« `postcomment(motif) » - ne correspond que si des commentaires sont "
+#~ "postés vers une page correspondant au motif donné."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:48-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-27 09:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"`allowed_attachments` určovat, které typy příloh budou povoleny."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger "
+#| "mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
+#| "attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
msgid ""
-"For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger mp3 "
-"files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
-"attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
+"For example, to limit most users to uploading small images, and nothing "
+"else, while allowing larger mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific "
+"directory, and check all attachments for viruses, something like this could "
+"be used:"
msgstr ""
"Například pokud byste chtěli omezit všechny soubory na 50 kilobajtů s "
"výjimkou větčích mp3 souborů nahraných uživatelem joey do specifického "
"virů, mohli byste použít něco jako:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (mimetype(image/*) and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
msgstr "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"`allowed_attachments`."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger "
+#| "mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
+#| "attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
msgid ""
-"For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger mp3 "
-"files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
-"attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
+"For example, to limit most users to uploading small images, and nothing "
+"else, while allowing larger mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific "
+"directory, and check all attachments for viruses, something like this could "
+"be used:"
msgstr ""
"Som eksempel, for at begrænse vilkårlige filer til 50 kilobytes, men tillade "
"større mp3-filer at blive lagt op af joey til en bestemt mappe, og checke "
"alle vedhæftninger for vira, kunne noget i stil med dette bruges:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (mimetype(image/*) and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
msgstr "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
#. type: Plain text
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 15:17+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"`allowed_attachments` verändert."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger "
+#| "mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
+#| "attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
msgid ""
-"For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger mp3 "
-"files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
-"attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
+"For example, to limit most users to uploading small images, and nothing "
+"else, while allowing larger mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific "
+"directory, and check all attachments for viruses, something like this could "
+"be used:"
msgstr ""
-"Zum Beispiel können beliebige Dateien auf 50 Kilobyte beschränkt, "
-"aber größere mp3-Dateien von joey in einem bestimmten Verzeichnis erlaubt, "
-"und alle Anhänge nach Viren durchsucht werden, indem etwas wie "
-"das Folgende verwendet wird:"
+"Zum Beispiel können beliebige Dateien auf 50 Kilobyte beschränkt, aber "
+"größere mp3-Dateien von joey in einem bestimmten Verzeichnis erlaubt, und "
+"alle Anhänge nach Viren durchsucht werden, indem etwas wie das Folgende "
+"verwendet wird:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) "
-"and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) "
-"and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (mimetype(image/*) and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+msgstr "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"\"`maxsize(size)`\" - tests whether the attachment is no larger than the "
-"specified size. The size defaults to being in bytes, but \"kb\", \"mb\", "
-"\"gb\" etc can be used to specify the units."
+"specified size. The size defaults to being in bytes, but \"kb\", \"mb\", \"gb"
+"\" etc can be used to specify the units."
msgstr ""
"\"`maxsize(size)`\" - prüft ob der Anhang nicht größer ist als angegeben. "
-"Die Größe wird standardmäßig in Bytes angegeben, aber `kb`, `mb`, "
-"`gb` und so weiter kann verwendet werden, um die Einheit anzugeben."
+"Die Größe wird standardmäßig in Bytes angegeben, aber `kb`, `mb`, `gb` und "
+"so weiter kann verwendet werden, um die Einheit anzugeben."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "\"`virusfree()`\" - checks the attachment with an antiviral program."
msgstr "\"`virusfree()`\" - prüft den Anhang mit einem Virenscanner."
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-03 13:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"attachments will be accepted, via the `allowed_attachments` configuration "
"setting."
msgstr ""
-"Si los archivos adjuntos están activados, el administrador del wiki puede controlar "
-"qué tipos de archivos adjuntos serán aceptados a través de la opción de configuración "
-"`allowed_attachments`."
+"Si los archivos adjuntos están activados, el administrador del wiki puede "
+"controlar qué tipos de archivos adjuntos serán aceptados a través de la "
+"opción de configuración `allowed_attachments`."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger "
+#| "mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
+#| "attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
msgid ""
-"For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger mp3 "
-"files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
-"attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
+"For example, to limit most users to uploading small images, and nothing "
+"else, while allowing larger mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific "
+"directory, and check all attachments for viruses, something like this could "
+"be used:"
msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, para limitar cualquier archivo a 50 kilobytes, pero permitir que "
-"joey envíe archivos mp3 más grandes a un directorio específico, y comprobar "
-"todos los archivos adjuntos en busca de virus, se podría utilizar algo como lo "
-"siguiente:"
+"Por ejemplo, para limitar cualquier archivo a 50 kilobytes, pero permitir "
+"que joey envíe archivos mp3 más grandes a un directorio específico, y "
+"comprobar todos los archivos adjuntos en busca de virus, se podría utilizar "
+"algo como lo siguiente:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (mimetype(image/*) and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
msgstr "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
#. type: Plain text
"The regular [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] syntax is expanded with the following "
"additional tests:"
msgstr ""
-"La sintaxis normal de [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] se amplía con las comprobaciones adicionales "
-"siguientes:"
+"La sintaxis normal de [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] se amplía con las comprobaciones "
+"adicionales siguientes:"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"\" etc can be used to specify the units."
msgstr ""
"\"`maxsize(tamaño)`\" - comprueba que el archivo adjunto no sea más grande "
-"que el tamaño especificado. De manera predeterminada el tamaño se expresa "
-"en bytes, pero se puede utilizar «kb», «mb», «gb», etc., para especificar las "
+"que el tamaño especificado. De manera predeterminada el tamaño se expresa en "
+"bytes, pero se puede utilizar «kb», «mb», «gb», etc., para especificar las "
"unidades."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
"\"`minsize(size)`\" - tests whether the attachment is no smaller than the "
"specified size."
msgstr ""
-"\"`minsize(tamaño)`\" - comprueba que el archivo adjunto no sea más pequeño que "
-"el tamaño especificado."
+"\"`minsize(tamaño)`\" - comprueba que el archivo adjunto no sea más pequeño "
+"que el tamaño especificado."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"a wiki page. (Ie, if it has an extension of \".mdwn\", or of any other "
"enabled page format)."
msgstr ""
-"\"`ispage()`\" - comprueba si el archivo adjunto será tratado por ikiwiki como una "
-"página wiki. (Es decir, si tiene una extensión \".mdwn\", o la de cualquier otro "
-"formato de página activado)."
+"\"`ispage()`\" - comprueba si el archivo adjunto será tratado por ikiwiki "
+"como una página wiki. (Es decir, si tiene una extensión \".mdwn\", o la de "
+"cualquier otro formato de página activado)."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"\"`mimetype(foo/bar)`\" - checks the MIME type of the attachment. You can "
"include a glob in the type, for example `mimetype(image/*)`."
msgstr ""
-"\"`mimetype(foo/bar)`\" - comprueba el tipo MIME del archivo adjunto. Puede incluir "
-"un «glob» en el tipo, por ejemplo `mimetype(image/*)`."
+"\"`mimetype(foo/bar)`\" - comprueba el tipo MIME del archivo adjunto. Puede "
+"incluir un «glob» en el tipo, por ejemplo `mimetype(image/*)`."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "\"`virusfree()`\" - checks the attachment with an antiviral program."
-msgstr "\"`virusfree()`\" - comprueba el archivo adjunto con un programa antivirus."
-
+msgstr ""
+"\"`virusfree()`\" - comprueba el archivo adjunto con un programa antivirus."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-26 14:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"`allowed_attachments`."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger "
+#| "mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
+#| "attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
msgid ""
-"For example, to limit arbitrary files to 50 kilobytes, but allow larger mp3 "
-"files to be uploaded by joey into a specific directory, and check all "
-"attachments for viruses, something like this could be used:"
+"For example, to limit most users to uploading small images, and nothing "
+"else, while allowing larger mp3 files to be uploaded by joey into a specific "
+"directory, and check all attachments for viruses, something like this could "
+"be used:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, pour limiter tous les fichiers à 50 kilooctets mais permettre "
"que des fichiers mp3 plus grands soient envoyés par joey dans un répertoire "
"peut utiliser quelque chose comme ça :"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
+msgid "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (mimetype(image/*) and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
msgstr "\tvirusfree() and ((user(joey) and podcast/*.mp3 and mimetype(audio/mpeg) and maxsize(15mb)) or (!ispage() and maxsize(50kb)))\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:49-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-27 09:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"„`currentlang()`“ - testuje, zda je stránka napsána ve stejném jazyce jako "
"aktuální stránka."
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"\"`needstranslation()`\" - tests whether a page needs translation work. Only "
+"slave pages match this PageSpec. A minimum target translation percentage can "
+"optionally be passed as an integer parameter: \"`needstranslation(50)`\" "
+"matches only pages less than 50% translated."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Note that every non-po page is considered to be written in "
"O každé stránce, která nepoužívá „po“ překlad, se předpokládá, že je napsaná "
"v jazyce zadaném proměnnou `po_master_language` v konfiguračním souboru "
"ikiwiki."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-20 11:33+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-20 11:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"\"`currentlang()`\" - tester hvorvidt en side er skrevet i samme sprog som "
"den nuværende side."
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"\"`needstranslation()`\" - tests whether a page needs translation work. Only "
+"slave pages match this PageSpec. A minimum target translation percentage can "
+"optionally be passed as an integer parameter: \"`needstranslation(50)`\" "
+"matches only pages less than 50% translated."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Note that every non-po page is considered to be written in "
msgstr ""
"Bemærk at enhver ikke-po side antages at være skrevet i "
"`po_master_language`, som angivet i `ikiwiki.setup`."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 13:55+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"If the [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] plugin is enabled, the regular "
-"[[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] syntax is expanded with the following additional tests "
-"that can be used to improve user navigation in a multi-lingual wiki:"
+"If the [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] plugin is enabled, the regular [[ikiwiki/"
+"PageSpec]] syntax is expanded with the following additional tests that can "
+"be used to improve user navigation in a multi-lingual wiki:"
msgstr ""
"Wenn die [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]]-Erweiterung aktiviert ist, ist die "
-"reguläre "
-"[[ikiwiki/PageSpec]]-Syntax um die folgenden zusätzlichen Tests erweitert, "
-"die zur Verbesserung der Benutzernavigation in mehrsprachigen Wikis "
-"verwendet werden kann:"
+"reguläre [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]]-Syntax um die folgenden zusätzlichen Tests "
+"erweitert, die zur Verbesserung der Benutzernavigation in mehrsprachigen "
+"Wikis verwendet werden kann:"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"as a ISO639-1 (two-letter) language code."
msgstr ""
"\"`lang(LL)`\" - prüft ob eine Seite in der angegebenen Sprache geschrieben "
-"ist. "
-"Die Sprache wird als (zweibuchstabiger) Sprachcode nach ISO639-1 angegeben."
+"ist. Die Sprache wird als (zweibuchstabiger) Sprachcode nach ISO639-1 "
+"angegeben."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"as the current page."
msgstr ""
"\"`currentlang()`\" - prüft, ob eine Seite in der gleichen Sprache "
-"geschrieben ist wie "
-"die aktuelle Seite."
+"geschrieben ist wie die aktuelle Seite."
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"\"`needstranslation()`\" - tests whether a page needs translation work. Only "
+"slave pages match this PageSpec. A minimum target translation percentage can "
+"optionally be passed as an integer parameter: \"`needstranslation(50)`\" "
+"matches only pages less than 50% translated."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Note that every non-po page is considered to be written in "
"`po_master_language`, as specified in `ikiwiki.setup`."
msgstr ""
-"Beachte, dass als Sprache jeder nicht-po-Seite `po_master_language` "
-" angenommen wird, wie in `ikiwiki.setup` angegeben."
+"Beachte, dass als Sprache jeder nicht-po-Seite `po_master_language` "
+"angenommen wird, wie in `ikiwiki.setup` angegeben."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-03 13:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"PageSpec]] syntax is expanded with the following additional tests that can "
"be used to improve user navigation in a multi-lingual wiki:"
msgstr ""
-"Si el complemento («plugin») [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] está activado, la sintaxis "
-"normal de [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] se amplía con las comprobaciones adicionales "
-"siguientes, que se pueden utilizar para mejorar la navegación del usuario en "
-"un wiki multilingüe:"
+"Si el complemento («plugin») [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] está activado, la "
+"sintaxis normal de [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] se amplía con las comprobaciones "
+"adicionales siguientes, que se pueden utilizar para mejorar la navegación "
+"del usuario en un wiki multilingüe:"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"\"`lang(LL)`\" - tests whether a page is written in the language specified "
"as a ISO639-1 (two-letter) language code."
msgstr ""
-"\"`lang(LL)`\" - comprueba si una página está escrita en el idioma especificado según "
-"el código ISO639-1 (dos letras)."
+"\"`lang(LL)`\" - comprueba si una página está escrita en el idioma "
+"especificado según el código ISO639-1 (dos letras)."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"\"`currentlang()`\" - tests whether a page is written in the same language "
"as the current page."
msgstr ""
-"\"`currentlang()`\" - comprueba si una página está escrita en el mismo idioma "
-"que la página actual."
+"\"`currentlang()`\" - comprueba si una página está escrita en el mismo "
+"idioma que la página actual."
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"\"`needstranslation()`\" - tests whether a page needs translation work. Only "
+"slave pages match this PageSpec. A minimum target translation percentage can "
+"optionally be passed as an integer parameter: \"`needstranslation(50)`\" "
+"matches only pages less than 50% translated."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Note that every non-po page is considered to be written in "
"`po_master_language`, as specified in `ikiwiki.setup`."
msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que se considera que cualquier página que no "
-"sea de tipo «po» está escrita en `po_master_language`, según "
-"se especifica en `ikiwiki.setup`."
+"Tenga en cuenta que se considera que cualquier página que no sea de tipo "
+"«po» está escrita en `po_master_language`, según se especifica en `ikiwiki."
+"setup`."
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-30 09:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"If the [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] plugin is enabled, the regular [[ikiwiki/"
"PageSpec]] syntax is expanded with the following additional tests that can "
"be used to improve user navigation in a multi-lingual wiki:"
-msgstr "Si le greffon [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] est activé, la syntaxe normale de [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] est développée avec les tests supplémentaires suivants qui peuvent améliorer la navigation d'un utilisateur de wiki plurilinguistique :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le greffon [[!iki plugins/po desc=po]] est activé, la syntaxe normale de "
+"[[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] est développée avec les tests supplémentaires suivants "
+"qui peuvent améliorer la navigation d'un utilisateur de wiki "
+"plurilinguistique :"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`currentlang()` - teste si une page est écrite dans la langue de la page "
"donnée."
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"\"`needstranslation()`\" - tests whether a page needs translation work. Only "
+"slave pages match this PageSpec. A minimum target translation percentage can "
+"optionally be passed as an integer parameter: \"`needstranslation(50)`\" "
+"matches only pages less than 50% translated."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Note that every non-po page is considered to be written in "
"Notez que chaque page qui n'est pas de type po est considérée comme une page "
"écrite selon le `po_master_language`, tel que spécifié dans le fichier de "
"configuration `ikiwiki.setup`."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:48-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-26 17:01+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"stránek."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For "
+#| "example, this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is "
+#| "also a SubPage subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. "
+#| "Subpages can be nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgid ""
"To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For example, "
-"this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a SubPage "
-"subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
+"this page is subpage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a subpage "
+"subdirectory, which contains subpage/linkingrules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
"nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgstr ""
"Pro přidání [[podstránky|SubPage]] jednoduše vytvořte podadresář a umístěte "
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"sider."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For "
+#| "example, this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is "
+#| "also a SubPage subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. "
+#| "Subpages can be nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgid ""
"To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For example, "
-"this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a SubPage "
-"subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
+"this page is subpage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a subpage "
+"subdirectory, which contains subpage/linkingrules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
"nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgstr ""
"En [[UnderSide|SubPage]] oprettes ved blot at oprette undermappen og tilføje "
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 15:19+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"ikiwiki supports placing pages in a directory hierarchy. For example, this "
-"page, [[SubPage]] has some related pages placed under it, like "
-"[[SubPage/LinkingRules]]. This is a useful way to add some order to your "
-"wiki rather than just having a great big directory full of pages."
+"page, [[SubPage]] has some related pages placed under it, like [[SubPage/"
+"LinkingRules]]. This is a useful way to add some order to your wiki rather "
+"than just having a great big directory full of pages."
msgstr ""
"In ikiwiki werden Seiten in einem Verzeichnisbaum angeordnet. Zum Beispiel "
"gibt es unterhalb dieser Seite, [[SubPage]], einige verwandte Seiten, etwa "
"haben."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For "
+#| "example, this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is "
+#| "also a SubPage subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. "
+#| "Subpages can be nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgid ""
"To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For example, "
-"this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a SubPage "
-"subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
+"this page is subpage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a subpage "
+"subdirectory, which contains subpage/linkingrules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
"nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgstr ""
"Um eine Unterseite hinzuzufügen, legt man einfach ein Unterverzeichnis an "
msgid "Linking to and from a SubPage is explained in [[LinkingRules]]."
msgstr ""
"Wie Links auf Unterseiten gesetzt werden, wird in [[LinkingRules]] erklärt."
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-03 18:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"LinkingRules]]. This is a useful way to add some order to your wiki rather "
"than just having a great big directory full of pages."
msgstr ""
-"ikiwiki permite colocar páginas en una jerarquía de directorios. Por ejemplo, bajo "
-"esta página, [[SubPage]] («subpágina»), hay algunas páginas relacionadas, como [[SubPage/LinkingRules]]. Ésta es una manera práctica de poner un poco de orden "
-"en el wiki, en lugar de tener simplemente un gran directorio lleno de páginas."
+"ikiwiki permite colocar páginas en una jerarquía de directorios. Por "
+"ejemplo, bajo esta página, [[SubPage]] («subpágina»), hay algunas páginas "
+"relacionadas, como [[SubPage/LinkingRules]]. Ésta es una manera práctica de "
+"poner un poco de orden en el wiki, en lugar de tener simplemente un gran "
+"directorio lleno de páginas."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For "
+#| "example, this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is "
+#| "also a SubPage subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. "
+#| "Subpages can be nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgid ""
"To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For example, "
-"this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a SubPage "
-"subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
+"this page is subpage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a subpage "
+"subdirectory, which contains subpage/linkingrules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
"nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgstr ""
-"Para añadir una subpágina, simplemente cree un subdirectorio y ponga páginas en "
-"él. Por ejemplo, esta página es «SubPage.mdwn» en las fuentes del wiki, y hay además "
-"un directorio «SubPage», que contiene «SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn». Las subpáginas "
-"pueden anidarse tanto como desee."
+"Para añadir una subpágina, simplemente cree un subdirectorio y ponga páginas "
+"en él. Por ejemplo, esta página es «SubPage.mdwn» en las fuentes del wiki, y "
+"hay además un directorio «SubPage», que contiene «SubPage/LinkingRules."
+"mdwn». Las subpáginas pueden anidarse tanto como desee."
#. type: Plain text
msgid "Linking to and from a SubPage is explained in [[LinkingRules]]."
msgstr ""
-"La creación de un enlace a y desde una subpágina se explica en [[LinkingRules]] "
-"(Reglas para la creación de enlaces)."
-
+"La creación de un enlace a y desde una subpágina se explica en "
+"[[LinkingRules]] (Reglas para la creación de enlaces)."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-25 10:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexandre Dupas <alexandre.dupas@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"répertoire plein de pages."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For "
+#| "example, this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is "
+#| "also a SubPage subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. "
+#| "Subpages can be nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgid ""
"To add a SubPage, just make a subdirectory and put pages in it. For example, "
-"this page is SubPage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a SubPage "
-"subdirectory, which contains SubPage/LinkingRules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
+"this page is subpage.mdwn in this wiki's source, and there is also a subpage "
+"subdirectory, which contains subpage/linkingrules.mdwn. Subpages can be "
"nested as deeply as you'd like."
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter une sous-page, faites simplement un sous-répertoire et mettez-y "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:49-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-27 08:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Při odkazování mezi [[podstránkami|SubPage]] platí speciální [[pravidla "
"vytváření odkazů|SubPage/LinkingRules]]."
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
-"displayed inline on the page."
-msgstr ""
-"Také pokud soubor odkazovaný pomocí wiki odkazu vypadá jako obrázek, bude "
-"zobrazen přímo ve stránce."
-
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"WikiLinks are matched with page names in a case-insensitive manner, so you "
msgstr ""
"Pro odkaz na kotvu uvnitř stránky použijte něco jako `\\[[WikiLink#kotva]]`."
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
-msgstr "Direktivy a wiki odkazy"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+#| "displayed inline on the page."
+msgid ""
+"If the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+"displayed inline on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Také pokud soubor odkazovaný pomocí wiki odkazu vypadá jako obrázek, bude "
+"zobrazen přímo ve stránce."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
-"used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
-"with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
-"replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
-"`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
-"with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions of "
-"ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+"You can also put an url in a WikiLink, to link to an external page. Email "
+"addresses can also be used to generate a mailto link."
msgstr ""
-"ikiwiki používá pro [[direktivy|directive]] dva zápisy. Starší zápis používá "
-"pro rozlišení mezi direktivami a wiki odkazy mezery. To znamená, že ve wiki "
-"odkazech pak nemůžete použít mezery a musíte je nahradit podtržítky. Novější "
-"zápis, který se povoluje v konfiguračním souboru volbou `prefix_directives` "
-"vyžaduje, aby direktivy začínaly vykřičníkem a tím pádem nevylučuje odkazy s "
-"mezerami. Budoucí verze ikiwiki budou mít tuto volbu implicitně zapnutou."
+
+#~ msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
+#~ msgstr "Direktivy a wiki odkazy"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
+#~ "used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
+#~ "with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
+#~ "replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
+#~ "`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
+#~ "with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions "
+#~ "of ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ikiwiki používá pro [[direktivy|directive]] dva zápisy. Starší zápis "
+#~ "používá pro rozlišení mezi direktivami a wiki odkazy mezery. To znamená, "
+#~ "že ve wiki odkazech pak nemůžete použít mezery a musíte je nahradit "
+#~ "podtržítky. Novější zápis, který se povoluje v konfiguračním souboru "
+#~ "volbou `prefix_directives` vyžaduje, aby direktivy začínaly vykřičníkem a "
+#~ "tím pádem nevylučuje odkazy s mezerami. Budoucí verze ikiwiki budou mít "
+#~ "tuto volbu implicitně zapnutou."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-22 21:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Specielle [[henvisningsregler|SubPage/LinkingRules]] træder i kraft når der "
"henvises på tværs af [[undersider|SubPage]]."
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
-"displayed inline on the page."
-msgstr ""
-"Desuden, hvis filen der henvises til med en WikiLink ligner et billede, vil "
-"det blive vist indlejret i siden."
-
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"WikiLinks are matched with page names in a case-insensitive manner, so you "
"For at henvise til et anker inde på en side, kan du bruge noget i stil med `"
"\\[[WikiLink#foo]]` ."
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
-msgstr "Direktiver og wikilinks"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+#| "displayed inline on the page."
+msgid ""
+"If the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+"displayed inline on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Desuden, hvis filen der henvises til med en WikiLink ligner et billede, vil "
+"det blive vist indlejret i siden."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
-"used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
-"with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
-"replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
-"`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
-"with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions of "
-"ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+"You can also put an url in a WikiLink, to link to an external page. Email "
+"addresses can also be used to generate a mailto link."
msgstr ""
-"ikiwiki har to syntakser til [[direktiver|directive]]. Den ældre syntaks "
-"brugte mellemrum til at skelne mellem direktiver og wikilinks; det medfører, "
-"at når den syntaks anvendes kan du ikke bruge mellemrum i WikiLinks, og må "
-"erstatte mellemrum med understregning. Den nyere syntaks, aktiveret med "
-"valget `prefix_directives` i en ikiwiki-opsætningsfil, sætter `!` foran "
-"direktiver, og forhindrer derfor ikke henvisninger med mellemrum. Fremtidige "
-"versioner af ikiwiki vil aktivere dette valg som standard."
+
+#~ msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
+#~ msgstr "Direktiver og wikilinks"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
+#~ "used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
+#~ "with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
+#~ "replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
+#~ "`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
+#~ "with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions "
+#~ "of ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ikiwiki har to syntakser til [[direktiver|directive]]. Den ældre syntaks "
+#~ "brugte mellemrum til at skelne mellem direktiver og wikilinks; det "
+#~ "medfører, at når den syntaks anvendes kan du ikke bruge mellemrum i "
+#~ "WikiLinks, og må erstatte mellemrum med understregning. Den nyere "
+#~ "syntaks, aktiveret med valget `prefix_directives` i en ikiwiki-"
+#~ "opsætningsfil, sætter `!` foran direktiver, og forhindrer derfor ikke "
+#~ "henvisninger med mellemrum. Fremtidige versioner af ikiwiki vil aktivere "
+#~ "dette valg som standard."
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 13:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"For example `\\[[WikiLink]]`."
msgstr ""
"WikiLinks ermöglichen es, auf einfache Weise Links zwischen Seiten im Wiki "
-"zu setzen. "
-"Um einen [[WikiLink]] zu erstellen, setze einfach den Namen der Zielseite in "
-"doppelte eckige Klammern, zum Beispiel `\\[[WikiLink]]`."
+"zu setzen. Um einen [[WikiLink]] zu erstellen, setze einfach den Namen der "
+"Zielseite in doppelte eckige Klammern, zum Beispiel `\\[[WikiLink]]`."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"If you ever need to write something like `\\[[WikiLink]]` without creating a "
"wikilink, just prefix it with a `\\`, like `\\\\[[WikiLink]]`."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn man irgendwann einmal etwas wie `\\[[WikiLink]]` schreiben will, "
-"ohne einen WikiLink zu erzeugen, stellt man einfach ein `\\` voran, wie in "
-"`\\\\[[WikiLink]]`."
+"Wenn man irgendwann einmal etwas wie `\\[[WikiLink]]` schreiben will, ohne "
+"einen WikiLink zu erzeugen, stellt man einfach ein `\\` voran, wie in `\\"
+"\\[[WikiLink]]`."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Es gibt einige spezielle [[Regeln für Links|SubPage/LinkingRules]], die beim "
"setzen von Links zwischen [[Unterseiten|SubPage]] ins Spiel kommen."
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
-"displayed inline on the page."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn das Ziel eines WikiLinks nach einem Bild aussieht, wird dieses "
-"innerhalb der Seite angezeigt."
-
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"WikiLinks are matched with page names in a case-insensitive manner, so you "
"don't need to worry about getting the case the same, and can capitalise "
"links at the start of a sentence, and so on."
msgstr ""
-"WikiLinks werden unabhängig von der Groß- und Kleinschreibung gefunden, "
-"man braucht sich also keine Gedanken über identische Schreibweise zu machen "
-"und kann zum Beispiel das erste Wort eines Satzes groß schreiben."
+"WikiLinks werden unabhängig von der Groß- und Kleinschreibung gefunden, man "
+"braucht sich also keine Gedanken über identische Schreibweise zu machen und "
+"kann zum Beispiel das erste Wort eines Satzes groß schreiben."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"SandBox page, but the link will appear like this: [[foo_bar|SandBox]]."
msgstr ""
"Es ist auch möglich einen WikiLink zu schreiben, der etwas anderes als den "
-"Seitennamen als Text für den Link verwendet. Zum Beispiel verweist "
-"`\\[[foo_bar|SandBox]]` auf die Sandkasten-Seite, aber der Link erscheint "
-"als [[foo_bar|SandBox]]."
+"Seitennamen als Text für den Link verwendet. Zum Beispiel verweist `"
+"\\[[foo_bar|SandBox]]` auf die Sandkasten-Seite, aber der Link erscheint als "
+"[[foo_bar|SandBox]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To link to an anchor inside a page, you can use something like "
-"`\\[[WikiLink#foo]]` ."
+"To link to an anchor inside a page, you can use something like `"
+"\\[[WikiLink#foo]]` ."
msgstr ""
-"Um auf ein Ziel innerhalb einer Seite zu verweisen, kann man etwas wie "
-"`\\[[WikiLink#foo]]` verwenden."
+"Um auf ein Ziel innerhalb einer Seite zu verweisen, kann man etwas wie `"
+"\\[[WikiLink#foo]]` verwenden."
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
-msgstr "Anweisungen und WikiLinks"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+#| "displayed inline on the page."
+msgid ""
+"If the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+"displayed inline on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn das Ziel eines WikiLinks nach einem Bild aussieht, wird dieses "
+"innerhalb der Seite angezeigt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
-"used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
-"with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
-"replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
-"`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
-"with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions of "
-"ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+"You can also put an url in a WikiLink, to link to an external page. Email "
+"addresses can also be used to generate a mailto link."
msgstr ""
-"Es gibt in ikiwiki zwei Syntaxen für [[Anweisungen|directive]]. Die ältere "
-"Syntax verwendete Leerzeichen, um zwischen Anweisungen und WikiLinks "
-"zu unterscheiden; mit dem Ergebnis, dass bei Verwendung dieser Syntax "
-"keine Leerzeichen in WikiLinks verwendet werden können und durch "
-"Unterstriche ersetzt werden müssen. Die neuere Syntax, aktiviert durch "
-"die Option `prefix_directives` in einer ikiwiki-Setup-Datei, stellt "
-"Anweisungen `!` voran und ermöglicht so Links mit Leerzeichen. "
-"Zukünftige Versionen von ikiwiki werden diese Option standardmäßig "
-"aktivieren."
+#~ msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
+#~ msgstr "Anweisungen und WikiLinks"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
+#~ "used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
+#~ "with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
+#~ "replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
+#~ "`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
+#~ "with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions "
+#~ "of ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es gibt in ikiwiki zwei Syntaxen für [[Anweisungen|directive]]. Die "
+#~ "ältere Syntax verwendete Leerzeichen, um zwischen Anweisungen und "
+#~ "WikiLinks zu unterscheiden; mit dem Ergebnis, dass bei Verwendung dieser "
+#~ "Syntax keine Leerzeichen in WikiLinks verwendet werden können und durch "
+#~ "Unterstriche ersetzt werden müssen. Die neuere Syntax, aktiviert durch "
+#~ "die Option `prefix_directives` in einer ikiwiki-Setup-Datei, stellt "
+#~ "Anweisungen `!` voran und ermöglicht so Links mit Leerzeichen. Zukünftige "
+#~ "Versionen von ikiwiki werden diese Option standardmäßig aktivieren."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wikilink\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-06 17:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"[[WikiLink]], just put the name of the page to link to in double brackets. "
"For example `\\[[WikiLink]]`."
msgstr ""
-"Los WikiLinks proporcionan enlaces fáciles entre páginas del wiki. Para crear un "
-"[[WikiLink]], ponga simplemente el nombre de la página a enlazar entre corchetes "
-"dobles. Por ejemplo, `\\[[WikiLink]]`."
+"Los WikiLinks proporcionan enlaces fáciles entre páginas del wiki. Para "
+"crear un [[WikiLink]], ponga simplemente el nombre de la página a enlazar "
+"entre corchetes dobles. Por ejemplo, `\\[[WikiLink]]`."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"If you ever need to write something like `\\[[WikiLink]]` without creating a "
"wikilink, just prefix it with a `\\`, like `\\\\[[WikiLink]]`."
msgstr ""
-"Si necesita crea algo como `\\[[WikiLink]]` sin crear un link wiki, simplemente añada "
-"`\\` como prefijo, de la siguiente manera: `\\\\[[WikiLink]]`."
+"Si necesita crea algo como `\\[[WikiLink]]` sin crear un link wiki, "
+"simplemente añada `\\` como prefijo, de la siguiente manera: `\\"
+"\\[[WikiLink]]`."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"There are some special [[SubPage/LinkingRules]] that come into play when "
"linking between [[SubPages|SubPage]]."
msgstr ""
-"Hay algunas [[Reglas para la creación de enlaces|SubPage/LinkingRules]] especiales "
-"que entran en juego al enlazar [[Subpáginas|SubPage]]."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
-"displayed inline on the page."
-msgstr ""
-"Además, si el archivo enlazado por un WikiLink parece una imagen, se mostrará "
-"como parte de la página."
+"Hay algunas [[Reglas para la creación de enlaces|SubPage/LinkingRules]] "
+"especiales que entran en juego al enlazar [[Subpáginas|SubPage]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"don't need to worry about getting the case the same, and can capitalise "
"links at the start of a sentence, and so on."
msgstr ""
-"Los WikiLinks se corresponden con nombres de página sin tener en cuenta si se "
-"usan letras mayúsculas o minúsculas, así que no tiene que preocuparse por esto, y "
-"puede por ejemplo utilizar mayúsculas en un enlace si se encuentra al principio de una frase."
+"Los WikiLinks se corresponden con nombres de página sin tener en cuenta si "
+"se usan letras mayúsculas o minúsculas, así que no tiene que preocuparse por "
+"esto, y puede por ejemplo utilizar mayúsculas en un enlace si se encuentra "
+"al principio de una frase."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"page name as the link text. For example `\\[[foo_bar|SandBox]]` links to the "
"SandBox page, but the link will appear like this: [[foo_bar|SandBox]]."
msgstr ""
-"También es posible escribir un WikiLink que use otra cosa en lugar del nombre de la "
-"página como texto del enlace. Por ejemplo `\\[[foo_bar|SandBox]]` enlaza a la página "
-"de la zona de pruebas («SandBox»), pero el enlace aparece así: [[foo_bar|SandBox]]."
+"También es posible escribir un WikiLink que use otra cosa en lugar del "
+"nombre de la página como texto del enlace. Por ejemplo `\\[[foo_bar|SandBox]]"
+"` enlaza a la página de la zona de pruebas («SandBox»), pero el enlace "
+"aparece así: [[foo_bar|SandBox]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Para enlazar a un punto («anchor») dentro de una página, puede utilizar algo "
"como `\\[[WikiLink#foo]]` ."
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
-msgstr "Directivas y WikiLinks"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+#| "displayed inline on the page."
+msgid ""
+"If the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+"displayed inline on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Además, si el archivo enlazado por un WikiLink parece una imagen, se "
+"mostrará como parte de la página."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
-"used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
-"with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
-"replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
-"`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
-"with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions of "
-"ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+"You can also put an url in a WikiLink, to link to an external page. Email "
+"addresses can also be used to generate a mailto link."
msgstr ""
-"ikiwiki tiene dos sintaxis para las [[directivas|directive]]. La sintaxis antigua "
-"utilizaba espacios para distinguir entre directivas y wikilinks; como resultado, "
-"al utilizar esa sintaxis, no podía utilizar espacios en los WikiLinks, y debía reemplazar "
-"los espacios con guiones bajos. La nueva sintaxis, activada con la opción `prefix_directives` "
-"en un archivo de configuración de ikiwiki, añade a las directivas el prefijo `!`, y así no "
-"impide enlaces con espacios. Futuras versiones de ikiwiki activarán esta opción de "
-"manera predeterminada."
+#~ msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
+#~ msgstr "Directivas y WikiLinks"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
+#~ "used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
+#~ "with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
+#~ "replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
+#~ "`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
+#~ "with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions "
+#~ "of ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ikiwiki tiene dos sintaxis para las [[directivas|directive]]. La sintaxis "
+#~ "antigua utilizaba espacios para distinguir entre directivas y wikilinks; "
+#~ "como resultado, al utilizar esa sintaxis, no podía utilizar espacios en "
+#~ "los WikiLinks, y debía reemplazar los espacios con guiones bajos. La "
+#~ "nueva sintaxis, activada con la opción `prefix_directives` en un archivo "
+#~ "de configuración de ikiwiki, añade a las directivas el prefijo `!`, y así "
+#~ "no impide enlaces con espacios. Futuras versiones de ikiwiki activarán "
+#~ "esta opción de manera predeterminada."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-28 16:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"Quelques règles spéciales, [[SubPage/LinkingRules]], entrent en jeu pour "
"lier des sous-pages, [[SubPages|SubPage]]."
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
-"displayed inline on the page."
-msgstr ""
-"De plus, quand le fichier pointé par un WikiLink ressemble à une image, il "
-"est affiché au fil du texte sur la page."
-
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"WikiLinks are matched with page names in a case-insensitive manner, so you "
"Pour pointer vers une ancre à l'intérieur d'une page, vous pouvez utiliser "
"quelque chose comme `\\[[WikiLink#foo]]`."
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
-msgstr "Directives et WikiLinks"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Also, if the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+#| "displayed inline on the page."
+msgid ""
+"If the file linked to by a WikiLink looks like an image, it will be "
+"displayed inline on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"De plus, quand le fichier pointé par un WikiLink ressemble à une image, il "
+"est affiché au fil du texte sur la page."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
-"used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
-"with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
-"replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
-"`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
-"with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions of "
-"ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+"You can also put an url in a WikiLink, to link to an external page. Email "
+"addresses can also be used to generate a mailto link."
msgstr ""
-"Il existe deux syntaxes pour les [[directives|directive]]. L'ancienne "
-"syntaxe se sert d'espaces pour différencier les directives et les Wikilinks. "
-"Ainsi, avec cette syntaxe, vous ne pouvez pas utiliser d'espaces dans les "
-"WikiLinks et vous devez les remplacer par des tirets bas `_`. La nouvelle "
-"syntaxe, activée par l'option `prefix_directives` dans le fichier de "
-"configuration d'ikiwiki, préfixe les directives par un `!`, ce qui permet "
-"l'utilisation d'espaces dans les liens. Dans les futures versions d'ikiwiki, "
-"cette option sera activée par défaut."
+
+#~ msgid "Directives and WikiLinks"
+#~ msgstr "Directives et WikiLinks"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "ikiwiki has two syntaxes for [[directives|directive]]. The older syntax "
+#~ "used spaces to distinguish between directives and wikilinks; as a result, "
+#~ "with that syntax in use, you cannot use spaces in WikiLinks, and must "
+#~ "replace spaces with underscores. The newer syntax, enabled with the "
+#~ "`prefix_directives` option in an ikiwiki setup file, prefixes directives "
+#~ "with `!`, and thus does not prevent links with spaces. Future versions "
+#~ "of ikiwiki will turn this option on by default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Il existe deux syntaxes pour les [[directives|directive]]. L'ancienne "
+#~ "syntaxe se sert d'espaces pour différencier les directives et les "
+#~ "Wikilinks. Ainsi, avec cette syntaxe, vous ne pouvez pas utiliser "
+#~ "d'espaces dans les WikiLinks et vous devez les remplacer par des tirets "
+#~ "bas `_`. La nouvelle syntaxe, activée par l'option `prefix_directives` "
+#~ "dans le fichier de configuration d'ikiwiki, préfixe les directives par un "
+#~ "`!`, ce qui permet l'utilisation d'espaces dans les liens. Dans les "
+#~ "futures versions d'ikiwiki, cette option sera activée par défaut."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:48-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-28 11:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "[[!shortcut name=wiktionary url=\"http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s"
+#| "\"]]"
msgid ""
-"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
+"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%S\" desc=\"Debian bug #"
+"%s\"]]"
msgstr ""
"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"chyba č. %s"
"\"]]"
"\"]]"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
+#| " * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debwiki url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdobug url=\"https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"freedesktop.org bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdolist url=\"http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@lists.freedesktop.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnomebug url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"GNOME bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=linuxbug url=\"http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Linux bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=mozbug url=\"https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Mozilla bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnulist url=\"http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@gnu.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marcmsg url=\"http://marc.info/?i=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marclist url=\"http://marc.info/?l=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmane url=\"http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.%s\" desc=\"gmane.%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmanemsg url=\"http://mid.gmane.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cpan url=\"http://search.cpan.org/search?mode=dist&query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ctan url=\"http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=hoogle url=\"http://haskell.org/hoogle/?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=iki url=\"http://ikiwiki.info/%S/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ljuser url=\"http://%s.livejournal.com/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=rfc url=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc%s.txt\" desc=\"RFC %s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=c2 url=\"http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=meatballwiki url=\"http://www.usemod.com/cgi-bin/mb.pl?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=emacswiki url=\"http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=haskellwiki url=\"http://haskell.org/haskellwiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=dict url=\"http://www.dict.org/bin/Dict?Form=Dict1&Strategy=*&Database=*&Query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=imdb url=\"http://imdb.com/find?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gpg url=\"http://pgpkeys.mit.edu:11371/pks/lookup?op=vindex&exact=on&search=0x%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=perldoc url=\"http://perldoc.perl.org/search.html?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=whois url=\"http://reports.internic.net/cgi/whois?whois_nic=%s&type=domain\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cve url=\"http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cia url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/project/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ciauser url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/user/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
msgid ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=cpanrt url=\"https://rt.cpan.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=%s\" desc=\"CPAN RT#%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=novellbug url=\"https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"bug %s\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Použití: `\\[[!debss balík]]`, `\\[[!debss balík#verze]]` nebo `\\[[!debss balík/verze]]`. Podrobnosti na http://snapshot.debian.net.\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-26 13:39-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
msgstr "[[!shortcut name=wiktionary url=\"http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s"
+#| "\"]]"
msgid ""
-"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
+"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%S\" desc=\"Debian bug #"
+"%s\"]]"
msgstr ""
"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
"\"]]"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
+#| " * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debwiki url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdobug url=\"https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"freedesktop.org bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdolist url=\"http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@lists.freedesktop.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnomebug url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"GNOME bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=linuxbug url=\"http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Linux bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=mozbug url=\"https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Mozilla bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnulist url=\"http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@gnu.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marcmsg url=\"http://marc.info/?i=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marclist url=\"http://marc.info/?l=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmane url=\"http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.%s\" desc=\"gmane.%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmanemsg url=\"http://mid.gmane.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cpan url=\"http://search.cpan.org/search?mode=dist&query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ctan url=\"http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=hoogle url=\"http://haskell.org/hoogle/?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=iki url=\"http://ikiwiki.info/%S/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ljuser url=\"http://%s.livejournal.com/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=rfc url=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc%s.txt\" desc=\"RFC %s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=c2 url=\"http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=meatballwiki url=\"http://www.usemod.com/cgi-bin/mb.pl?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=emacswiki url=\"http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=haskellwiki url=\"http://haskell.org/haskellwiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=dict url=\"http://www.dict.org/bin/Dict?Form=Dict1&Strategy=*&Database=*&Query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=imdb url=\"http://imdb.com/find?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gpg url=\"http://pgpkeys.mit.edu:11371/pks/lookup?op=vindex&exact=on&search=0x%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=perldoc url=\"http://perldoc.perl.org/search.html?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=whois url=\"http://reports.internic.net/cgi/whois?whois_nic=%s&type=domain\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cve url=\"http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cia url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/project/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ciauser url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/user/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
msgid ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=cpanrt url=\"https://rt.cpan.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=%s\" desc=\"CPAN RT#%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=novellbug url=\"https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"bug %s\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Brug: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, eller `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. Se http://snapshot.debian.net for detaljer.\n"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-26 13:39-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-17 01:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "[[!shortcut name=gmsg url=\"http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=%s\"]]"
-msgstr "[[!shortcut name=gmsg url=\"http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=%s\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"[[!shortcut name=gmsg url=\"http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "[[!shortcut name=wikipedia url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/%s\"]]"
msgstr "[[!shortcut name=wiktionary url=\"http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
-msgstr "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s"
+#| "\"]]"
+msgid ""
+"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%S\" desc=\"Debian bug #"
+"%s\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
msgstr "[[!shortcut name=debpts url=\"http://packages.qa.debian.org/%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid "[[!shortcut name=debmsg url=\"http://lists.debian.org/msgid-search/%s\"]]"
-msgstr "[[!shortcut name=debmsg url=\"http://lists.debian.org/msgid-search/%s\"]]"
+msgid ""
+"[[!shortcut name=debmsg url=\"http://lists.debian.org/msgid-search/%s\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"[[!shortcut name=debmsg url=\"http://lists.debian.org/msgid-search/%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"\"]]"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
+#| " * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debwiki url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdobug url=\"https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"freedesktop.org bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdolist url=\"http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@lists.freedesktop.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnomebug url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"GNOME bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=linuxbug url=\"http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Linux bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=mozbug url=\"https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Mozilla bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnulist url=\"http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@gnu.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marcmsg url=\"http://marc.info/?i=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marclist url=\"http://marc.info/?l=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmane url=\"http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.%s\" desc=\"gmane.%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmanemsg url=\"http://mid.gmane.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cpan url=\"http://search.cpan.org/search?mode=dist&query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ctan url=\"http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=hoogle url=\"http://haskell.org/hoogle/?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=iki url=\"http://ikiwiki.info/%S/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ljuser url=\"http://%s.livejournal.com/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=rfc url=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc%s.txt\" desc=\"RFC %s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=c2 url=\"http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=meatballwiki url=\"http://www.usemod.com/cgi-bin/mb.pl?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=emacswiki url=\"http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=haskellwiki url=\"http://haskell.org/haskellwiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=dict url=\"http://www.dict.org/bin/Dict?Form=Dict1&Strategy=*&Database=*&Query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=imdb url=\"http://imdb.com/find?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gpg url=\"http://pgpkeys.mit.edu:11371/pks/lookup?op=vindex&exact=on&search=0x%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=perldoc url=\"http://perldoc.perl.org/search.html?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=whois url=\"http://reports.internic.net/cgi/whois?whois_nic=%s&type=domain\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cve url=\"http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cia url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/project/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ciauser url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/user/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
msgid ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=cpanrt url=\"https://rt.cpan.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=%s\" desc=\"CPAN RT#%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=novellbug url=\"https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"bug %s\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Uso: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, o `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. Para más detalles, vea http://snapshot.debian.net .\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To add a new shortcut, use the `shortcut` [[ikiwiki/directive]]. In the "
-#| "url, \"%s\" is replaced with the text passed to the named shortcut, after "
-#| "url-encoding it, and '%S' is replaced with the raw, non-encoded text. The "
-#| "optional `desc` parameter controls the description of the link."
msgid ""
"To add a new shortcut, use the `shortcut` [[ikiwiki/directive]]. In the url, "
"\"%s\" is replaced with the text passed to the named shortcut, after [[!"
msgstr ""
"Para añadir un nuevo atajo, utilice la [[directiva|ikiwiki/directive]] "
"`shortcut`. En el url, «%s» se reemplaza con el texto que se pasa al atajo "
-"nombrado, después de codificarlo mediante el [[!wikipedia url_encoding]], y «%S» se "
-"reemplaza con el texto en bruto, no codificado. El parámetro opcional `desc` "
-"controla la descripción del enlace."
+"nombrado, después de codificarlo mediante el [[!wikipedia url_encoding]], y «%"
+"S» se reemplaza con el texto en bruto, no codificado. El parámetro opcional "
+"`desc` controla la descripción del enlace."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"un parámetro `desc` que anulará la que se proporcione en la definición."
#. type: Plain text
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you come up with a shortcut that you think others might find useful, "
-#| "consider contributing it to the [shortcuts page on the ikiwiki ikiwiki]"
-#| "(http://ikiwiki.info/shortcuts/), so that future versions of ikiwiki will "
-#| "include your shortcut in the standard underlay."
msgid ""
"If you come up with a shortcut that you think others might find useful, "
"consider contributing it to the [shortcuts page on the ikiwiki wiki](http://"
"aportarlo a la [página de atajos en el wiki ikiwiki](http://ikiwiki.info/"
"shortcuts/), de tal modo que futuras versiones de ikiwiki puedan incluir su "
"atajo en la base estándar."
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-26 13:39-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-26 21:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-16 10:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
msgstr "[[!shortcut name=wiktionary url=\"http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s"
+#| "\"]]"
msgid ""
-"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%s\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
+"[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%S\" desc=\"Debian bug #"
+"%s\"]]"
+msgstr "[[!shortcut name=debbug url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/%S\" desc=\"bug #%s\"]]"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
+#| " * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=debwiki url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdobug url=\"https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"freedesktop.org bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=fdolist url=\"http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@lists.freedesktop.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnomebug url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"GNOME bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=linuxbug url=\"http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Linux bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=mozbug url=\"https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"Mozilla bug #%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gnulist url=\"http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/%s\" desc=\"%s@gnu.org\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marcmsg url=\"http://marc.info/?i=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=marclist url=\"http://marc.info/?l=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmane url=\"http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.%s\" desc=\"gmane.%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gmanemsg url=\"http://mid.gmane.org/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cpan url=\"http://search.cpan.org/search?mode=dist&query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ctan url=\"http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=hoogle url=\"http://haskell.org/hoogle/?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=iki url=\"http://ikiwiki.info/%S/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ljuser url=\"http://%s.livejournal.com/\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=rfc url=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc%s.txt\" desc=\"RFC %s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=c2 url=\"http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=meatballwiki url=\"http://www.usemod.com/cgi-bin/mb.pl?%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=emacswiki url=\"http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=haskellwiki url=\"http://haskell.org/haskellwiki/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=dict url=\"http://www.dict.org/bin/Dict?Form=Dict1&Strategy=*&Database=*&Query=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=imdb url=\"http://imdb.com/find?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=gpg url=\"http://pgpkeys.mit.edu:11371/pks/lookup?op=vindex&exact=on&search=0x%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=perldoc url=\"http://perldoc.perl.org/search.html?q=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=whois url=\"http://reports.internic.net/cgi/whois?whois_nic=%s&type=domain\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cve url=\"http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=cia url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/project/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ciauser url=\"http://cia.vc/stats/user/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
+#| "* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
msgid ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Usage: `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, or `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. See http://snapshot.debian.net for details.\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=cpanrt url=\"https://rt.cpan.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=%s\" desc=\"CPAN RT#%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=novellbug url=\"https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"bug %s\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
"* [[!shortcut name=debss url=\"http://snapshot.debian.net/package/%s\"]]\n"
" * Usage : `\\[[!debss package]]`, `\\[[!debss package#version]]`, ou `\\[[!debss package/version]]`. Consultez http://snapshot.debian.net pour d'autres précisions.\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=flickr url=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=man url=\"http://linux.die.net/man/%s\"]]\n"
"* [[!shortcut name=ohloh url=\"http://www.ohloh.net/projects/%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=cpanrt url=\"https://rt.cpan.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=%s\" desc=\"CPAN RT#%s\"]]\n"
+"* [[!shortcut name=novellbug url=\"https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=%s\" desc=\"bug %s\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:49-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-20 09:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgid ""
+"[[Ikiwiki]] uses many templates for many purposes. By editing its templates, "
+"you can fully customise this site."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
-"else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
+"Templates are located in `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` by default; the "
+"`templatedir` setting can be used to make another directory be searched "
+"first. Customised templates can also be placed inside the \"templates/\" "
+"directory in your wiki's source."
msgstr ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"Tato wiki má šablony **povolené**.\"\n"
-"else=\"Tato wiki má šablony **vypnuté**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
-"wiki."
+"Ikiwiki uses the HTML::Template module as its template engine. This supports "
+"things like conditionals and loops in templates and is pretty easy to learn. "
+"All you really need to know to modify templates is this:"
msgstr ""
-"Šablony jsou soubory, které je možno vyplnit a vložit do stránek ve wiki."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted "
+#| "to html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgid "To insert the value of a template variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li vložit hodnotu proměnné bez dalších úprav (bez převodu na html), "
+"použijte `<TMPL_VAR raw_proměnná>`."
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+#| "NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgid ""
-"These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
-msgstr "V této wiki jsou k dispozici následující šablony:"
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li blok textu zobrazit pouze pokud je nastavena příslušná proměnná, "
+"použijte `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"proměnná\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, "
+#| "use `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgid ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgstr ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using a template"
-msgstr "Používání šablon"
+"Chcete-li použít jeden blok textu v případě, že je proměnná nastavená, a "
+"jiný blok textu pokud nastavená není, použijte `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"proměnná"
+"\">text<TMPL_ELSE>jiný text</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Using a template works like this:"
-msgstr "Použití šablony vypadá následovně:"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Text pro vložení do poznámky.\"\"\"]]\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with the "
-"specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+msgid "template pages"
msgstr ""
-"Tímto se v šabloně [[note]] vyplní pole `text` zadanou hodnotou a výsledek "
-"se vloží do stránky."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
-"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
-"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
-"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/template desc=\"template directive\"]] allows "
+"wiki pages to be used as templates, filled out and inserted into other pages "
+"in the wiki."
msgstr ""
-"Hodnota může obsahovat libovolné značky, které jsou povoleny v běžné wiki "
-"stránce. Trojité uvozovky dokonce umožňují používat uvnitř hodnoty i běžné "
-"anglické uvozovky. V kombinaci s viceřádkovými hodnotami lze do šablony "
-"vložit poměrně velké kusy označkovaného textu:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"zelená\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
-msgstr "\\[[Charlieho|Charley]] sestra."
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
-msgstr "\"Až vyrostu, chci být kosmonautem.\""
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "Really 8 and a half."
-msgstr "Opravdu, 8 a půl."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(edittemplate)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating a template"
-msgstr "Vytvoření šablony"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
-"page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
-"template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
-"inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgid "default content for new pages"
msgstr ""
-"Pro vytvoření šablony jednoduše přidejte do stránky direktivu template a "
-"stránka poskytne odkaz, který se dá použít pro vytvoření šablony. Šablona je "
-"běžná wiki stránka umístěná ve zdrojovém adresáři wiki v podadresáři "
-"`templates/`."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
-"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
-"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
-"things:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/edittemplate desc=\"edittemplate directive\"]] "
+"can be used to make new pages default to containing text from a template "
+"page, which can be filled out as the page is edited."
msgstr ""
-"Šablona používá stejnou syntaxi jako perlový modul [[!cpan HTML::Template]], "
-"což umožňuje provádět poměrně komplexní věci. Úplný popis syntaxe naleznete "
-"v dokumentaci modulu, ale ve skutečnosti stačí znát jen pár věcí:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgid ""
-"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
-"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
-msgstr ""
-"Každý parametr, který předáte direktivě template, vygeneruje proměnnou "
-"šablony. Existuje několik předdefinovaných proměnných jako PAGE a BASENAME."
+"[[!if test=\"(enabled(template) or enabled(edittemplate))\n"
+"and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+#| "sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
msgid ""
-"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
-"the value will first be converted to html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*.tmpl and !templates/*/* and !*/discussion\"\n"
+"feeds=no archive=yes sort=title template=titlepage\n"
+"rootpage=templates postformtext=\"Add a new template named:\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
-"Pro vložení hodnoty proměnné použijte `<TMPL_VAR proměnná>`. Wiki značky v "
-"hodnotě budou nejprve převedeny na html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
-"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Chcete-li vložit hodnotu proměnné bez dalších úprav (bez převodu na html), "
-"použijte `<TMPL_VAR raw_proměnná>`."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using a template"
+msgid "wiki templates"
+msgstr "Používání šablon"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
+"These templates are used to build the wiki. The aim is to keep almost all "
+"html out of ikiwiki and in the templates."
msgstr ""
-"Chcete-li blok textu zobrazit pouze pokud je nastavena příslušná proměnná, "
-"použijte `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"proměnná\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+"`page.tmpl` - Used for displaying all regular wiki pages. This is the key "
+"template to customise. [[!if test=\"enabled(pagetemplate)\" then=\"\"\""
msgstr ""
-"Chcete-li použít jeden blok textu v případě, že je proměnná nastavená, a "
-"jiný blok textu pokud nastavená není, použijte `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"proměnná"
-"\">text<TMPL_ELSE>jiný text</TMPL_IF>`."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's a sample template:"
-msgstr "Ukázková šablona:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" No favorite color.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
+" (The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/pagetemplate desc=\"pagetemplate directive\"]]\n"
+" can be used to make a page use a different template than `page.tmpl`.)\"\"\"]]\n"
+"* `rsspage.tmpl` - Used for generating rss feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `rssitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on rss feeds.\n"
+"* `atompage.tmpl` - Used for generating atom feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `atomitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on atom feeds.\n"
+"* `inlinepage.tmpl` - Used for displaying a post in a blog.\n"
+"* `archivepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `titlepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page by title in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `microblog.tmpl` - Used for showing a microblogging post inline.\n"
+"* `blogpost.tmpl` - Used for a form to add a post to a blog (and rss/atom links)\n"
+"* `feedlink.tmpl` - Used to add rss/atom links if `blogpost.tmpl` is not used.\n"
+"* `aggregatepost.tmpl` - Used by the aggregate plugin to create\n"
+" a page for a post.\n"
+"* `searchform.tmpl`, `googleform.tmpl` - Used by the search plugin \n"
+" and google plugin to add search forms to wiki pages.\n"
+"* `searchquery.tmpl` - This is a Omega template, used by the\n"
+" search plugin.\n"
+"* `comment.tmpl` - Used by the comments plugin to display a comment.\n"
+"* `change.tmpl` - Used to create a page describing a change made to the wiki.\n"
+"* `recentchanges.tmpl` - Used for listing a change on the RecentChanges page.\n"
+"* `autoindex.tmpl` - Filled in by the autoindex plugin to make index pages.\n"
+"* `autotag.tmpl` - Filled in by the tag plugin to make tag pages.\n"
+"* `calendarmonth.tmpl`, `calendaryear.tmpl` - Used by ikiwiki-calendar to\n"
+" make calendar archive pages.\n"
+"* `editpage.tmpl`, `editconflict.tmpl`, `editcreationconflict.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editfailedsave.tmpl`, `editpagegone.tmpl`, `pocreatepage.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editcomment.tmpl` `commentmoderation.tmpl`, `renamesummary.tmpl`,\n"
+" `passwordmail.tmpl`, `openid-selector.tmpl` - Parts of ikiwiki's user\n"
+" interface; do not normally need to be customised.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Jméno: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Věk: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Oblíbená barva: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" Žádná oblíbená barva.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
-"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
-"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
-"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
-msgstr ""
-"Vyplněná šablona bude formátována stejně jako zbytek stránky, do které je "
-"vložena, tudíž můžete v šabloně používat wiki linky a všechny obvyklé "
-"formátovací značky. Změnou je, že se wiki linky neobjeví jako zpětné odkazy "
-"na stránku, která šablonu použila."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. This "
-"ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken for wiki "
-"markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a [[ikiwiki/"
-"WikiLink]]."
-msgstr ""
-"Všimněte si použití „raw_name“ uvnitř generátoru [[wiki odkazu|ikiwiki/"
-"WikiLink]]. Tímto se zajistí, že pokud by jméno obsahovalo něco, co by mohlo "
-"být považováno za formátovací wiki značku, nebude to převedeno na html před "
-"vytvořením [[wiki odkazu|ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"Tato wiki má šablony **povolené**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"Tato wiki má šablony **vypnuté**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
+#~ "wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Šablony jsou soubory, které je možno vyplnit a vložit do stránek ve wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+#~ msgstr "V této wiki jsou k dispozici následující šablony:"
+
+#~ msgid "Using a template works like this:"
+#~ msgstr "Použití šablony vypadá následovně:"
+
+#~ msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+#~ msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Text pro vložení do poznámky.\"\"\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with "
+#~ "the specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tímto se v šabloně [[note]] vyplní pole `text` zadanou hodnotou a "
+#~ "výsledek se vloží do stránky."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the "
+#~ "wiki page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows "
+#~ "quotes to be included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this "
+#~ "allows for large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hodnota může obsahovat libovolné značky, které jsou povoleny v běžné wiki "
+#~ "stránce. Trojité uvozovky dokonce umožňují používat uvnitř hodnoty i "
+#~ "běžné anglické uvozovky. V kombinaci s viceřádkovými hodnotami lze do "
+#~ "šablony vložit poměrně velké kusy označkovaného textu:"
+
+#~ msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"zelená\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+#~ msgstr "\\[[Charlieho|Charley]] sestra."
+
+#~ msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+#~ msgstr "\"Až vyrostu, chci být kosmonautem.\""
+
+#~ msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+#~ msgstr "Opravdu, 8 a půl."
+
+#~ msgid "Creating a template"
+#~ msgstr "Vytvoření šablony"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
+#~ "page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
+#~ "template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
+#~ "inside the source directory of the wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pro vytvoření šablony jednoduše přidejte do stránky direktivu template a "
+#~ "stránka poskytne odkaz, který se dá použít pro vytvoření šablony. Šablona "
+#~ "je běžná wiki stránka umístěná ve zdrojovém adresáři wiki v podadresáři "
+#~ "`templates/`."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+#~ "module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult "
+#~ "its documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know "
+#~ "are a few things:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Šablona používá stejnou syntaxi jako perlový modul [[!cpan HTML::"
+#~ "Template]], což umožňuje provádět poměrně komplexní věci. Úplný popis "
+#~ "syntaxe naleznete v dokumentaci modulu, ale ve skutečnosti stačí znát jen "
+#~ "pár věcí:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a "
+#~ "template variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE "
+#~ "and BASENAME."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Každý parametr, který předáte direktivě template, vygeneruje proměnnou "
+#~ "šablony. Existuje několik předdefinovaných proměnných jako PAGE a "
+#~ "BASENAME."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup "
+#~ "in the value will first be converted to html."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pro vložení hodnoty proměnné použijte `<TMPL_VAR proměnná>`. Wiki značky "
+#~ "v hodnotě budou nejprve převedeny na html."
+
+#~ msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+#~ msgstr "Ukázková šablona:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " No favorite color.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Jméno: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Věk: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Oblíbená barva: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " Žádná oblíbená barva.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the "
+#~ "page that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms "
+#~ "of wiki markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not "
+#~ "show up as backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vyplněná šablona bude formátována stejně jako zbytek stránky, do které je "
+#~ "vložena, tudíž můžete v šabloně používat wiki linky a všechny obvyklé "
+#~ "formátovací značky. Změnou je, že se wiki linky neobjeví jako zpětné "
+#~ "odkazy na stránku, která šablonu použila."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. "
+#~ "This ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken "
+#~ "for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a "
+#~ "[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Všimněte si použití „raw_name“ uvnitř generátoru [[wiki odkazu|ikiwiki/"
+#~ "WikiLink]]. Tímto se zajistí, že pokud by jméno obsahovalo něco, co by "
+#~ "mohlo být považováno za formátovací wiki značku, nebude to převedeno na "
+#~ "html před vytvořením [[wiki odkazu|ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-22 21:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgid ""
+"[[Ikiwiki]] uses many templates for many purposes. By editing its templates, "
+"you can fully customise this site."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
-"else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
+"Templates are located in `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` by default; the "
+"`templatedir` setting can be used to make another directory be searched "
+"first. Customised templates can also be placed inside the \"templates/\" "
+"directory in your wiki's source."
msgstr ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"Denne wiki har skabeloner **aktiveret**.\"\n"
-"else=\"Denne wiki har skabeloner **deaktiveret**.\" ]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
-"wiki."
-msgstr "Skabeloner er filer som kan blive udfyldt og indsat på sider i wikien."
+"Ikiwiki uses the HTML::Template module as its template engine. This supports "
+"things like conditionals and loops in templates and is pretty easy to learn. "
+"All you really need to know to modify templates is this:"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted "
+#| "to html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgid "To insert the value of a template variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug `<TMPL_VAR raw_variabel>` til at indsætte den rå værdi af en variabel, "
+"med wiki-opmærkning endnu ikke konverteret til html."
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+#| "NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgid ""
-"These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgstr ""
-"Disse skabeloner er tilgængelige til indsættelse på andre sider i denne wiki:"
+"Gør en tekstblok betinget af at en variabel er i brug med `<TMPL_IF NAME="
+"\"variabel\">tekst</TMPL_IF>`."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, "
+#| "use `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgid ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgstr ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using a template"
-msgstr "Brug af skabelon"
+"Brug een tekstblok hvis en variabel er i brug, og en anden hvis ikke, med "
+"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variabel\">tekst<TMPL_ELSE>anden tekst</TMPL_IF>`"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Using a template works like this:"
-msgstr "En skabelon bruges som her:"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Her er teksten til at sætte ind i min note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with the "
-"specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+msgid "template pages"
msgstr ""
-"Dette udfylder [[note]]-skabelonen, ved at erstatte `text`-feltet med den "
-"angivne værdi og indsætte resultatet på siden."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
-"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
-"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
-"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/template desc=\"template directive\"]] allows "
+"wiki pages to be used as templates, filled out and inserted into other pages "
+"in the wiki."
msgstr ""
-"Generelt kan en værdi indeholde enhver opmærkning som ville være tilladt på "
-"wikisiden udenfor skabelonen. Trippel-citering af værdien tillader endda at "
-"bruge citering som del af værdien. Kombineret med flerlinje-citerede værdier "
-"tillader dette indlejring af store klumper af opmærket tekst i skabelonen:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"grøn\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
-msgstr "\\[[Charley]]'s søster."
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
-msgstr "\"Jeg vil være en astronaut når jeg bliver stor.\""
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "Really 8 and a half."
-msgstr "Egentligt 8 og et halvt."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(edittemplate)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating a template"
-msgstr "Oprettelse af skabelon"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
-"page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
-"template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
-"inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgid "default content for new pages"
msgstr ""
-"Opret en skabelon ved simpelthen at tilføje skabelon-direktivet til en side, "
-"så vil siden vise en henvisning som kan bruges til at oprette skabelonen. "
-"Skabelonen er en normal wikiside, placeret i `templates/` undermappen indeni "
-"wikiens kildemappe."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
-"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
-"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
-"things:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/edittemplate desc=\"edittemplate directive\"]] "
+"can be used to make new pages default to containing text from a template "
+"page, which can be filled out as the page is edited."
msgstr ""
-"Skabelonen bruger samme syntax som perl-modulet [[!cpan HTML::Template]] som "
-"giver mulighed for at lave ret komplekse ting. Læs dokumentationen for den "
-"fulde syntaks, men alt hvad du reelt behøver at vide er nogle få ting:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgid ""
-"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
-"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
-msgstr ""
-"Ethvert parameter du angiver til skabelondirektivet vil danne en "
-"skabelonvariabel. Der er også nogle foruddefinerede variable som PAGE og "
-"BASENAME."
+"[[!if test=\"(enabled(template) or enabled(edittemplate))\n"
+"and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+#| "sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
msgid ""
-"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
-"the value will first be converted to html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*.tmpl and !templates/*/* and !*/discussion\"\n"
+"feeds=no archive=yes sort=title template=titlepage\n"
+"rootpage=templates postformtext=\"Add a new template named:\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
-"Brug `<TMPL_VAR variabel>` til at indsætte værdien af en variabel. Wiki-"
-"opmærkning i værdien bliver først konverteret til html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
-"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug `<TMPL_VAR raw_variabel>` til at indsætte den rå værdi af en variabel, "
-"med wiki-opmærkning endnu ikke konverteret til html."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using a template"
+msgid "wiki templates"
+msgstr "Brug af skabelon"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
+"These templates are used to build the wiki. The aim is to keep almost all "
+"html out of ikiwiki and in the templates."
msgstr ""
-"Gør en tekstblok betinget af at en variabel er i brug med `<TMPL_IF NAME="
-"\"variabel\">tekst</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
-msgstr ""
-"Brug een tekstblok hvis en variabel er i brug, og en anden hvis ikke, med "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variabel\">tekst<TMPL_ELSE>anden tekst</TMPL_IF>`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+"`page.tmpl` - Used for displaying all regular wiki pages. This is the key "
+"template to customise. [[!if test=\"enabled(pagetemplate)\" then=\"\"\""
msgstr ""
-"Her er et eksempel på en skabelon (det anbefales at bruge engelske "
-"variabelnavne for at undgå problemer med æøå og andre specialtegn):"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" No favorite color.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
+" (The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/pagetemplate desc=\"pagetemplate directive\"]]\n"
+" can be used to make a page use a different template than `page.tmpl`.)\"\"\"]]\n"
+"* `rsspage.tmpl` - Used for generating rss feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `rssitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on rss feeds.\n"
+"* `atompage.tmpl` - Used for generating atom feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `atomitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on atom feeds.\n"
+"* `inlinepage.tmpl` - Used for displaying a post in a blog.\n"
+"* `archivepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `titlepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page by title in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `microblog.tmpl` - Used for showing a microblogging post inline.\n"
+"* `blogpost.tmpl` - Used for a form to add a post to a blog (and rss/atom links)\n"
+"* `feedlink.tmpl` - Used to add rss/atom links if `blogpost.tmpl` is not used.\n"
+"* `aggregatepost.tmpl` - Used by the aggregate plugin to create\n"
+" a page for a post.\n"
+"* `searchform.tmpl`, `googleform.tmpl` - Used by the search plugin \n"
+" and google plugin to add search forms to wiki pages.\n"
+"* `searchquery.tmpl` - This is a Omega template, used by the\n"
+" search plugin.\n"
+"* `comment.tmpl` - Used by the comments plugin to display a comment.\n"
+"* `change.tmpl` - Used to create a page describing a change made to the wiki.\n"
+"* `recentchanges.tmpl` - Used for listing a change on the RecentChanges page.\n"
+"* `autoindex.tmpl` - Filled in by the autoindex plugin to make index pages.\n"
+"* `autotag.tmpl` - Filled in by the tag plugin to make tag pages.\n"
+"* `calendarmonth.tmpl`, `calendaryear.tmpl` - Used by ikiwiki-calendar to\n"
+" make calendar archive pages.\n"
+"* `editpage.tmpl`, `editconflict.tmpl`, `editcreationconflict.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editfailedsave.tmpl`, `editpagegone.tmpl`, `pocreatepage.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editcomment.tmpl` `commentmoderation.tmpl`, `renamesummary.tmpl`,\n"
+" `passwordmail.tmpl`, `openid-selector.tmpl` - Parts of ikiwiki's user\n"
+" interface; do not normally need to be customised.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Navn: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Alder: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Favoritfarve: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" Ingen favoritfarve.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
-"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
-"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
-"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
-msgstr ""
-"Den udfyldte skabelon vil blive formateret som resten af siden den er "
-"inkluderet i, så du kan medtage WikiLinks og alle andre former for wiki- "
-"opmærkning i skabelonen. Bemærk dog at sådanne WikiLinks ikke vil dukke op "
-"som krydshenvisninger (backlinks) til den side som anvender skabelonen."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. This "
-"ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken for wiki "
-"markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a [[ikiwiki/"
-"WikiLink]]."
-msgstr ""
-"Bemærk brugen af \"raw_name\" indeni [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]-generatoren. Dette "
-"sikrer at hvor navnet indeholder noget som måske kan fejltolkes som wiki-"
-"opmærkning, bliver det ikke konverteret til html før det er blevet behandlet "
-"som en [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"Denne wiki har skabeloner **aktiveret**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"Denne wiki har skabeloner **deaktiveret**.\" ]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
+#~ "wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skabeloner er filer som kan blive udfyldt og indsat på sider i wikien."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Disse skabeloner er tilgængelige til indsættelse på andre sider i denne "
+#~ "wiki:"
+
+#~ msgid "Using a template works like this:"
+#~ msgstr "En skabelon bruges som her:"
+
+#~ msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+#~ msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Her er teksten til at sætte ind i min note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with "
+#~ "the specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dette udfylder [[note]]-skabelonen, ved at erstatte `text`-feltet med den "
+#~ "angivne værdi og indsætte resultatet på siden."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the "
+#~ "wiki page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows "
+#~ "quotes to be included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this "
+#~ "allows for large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Generelt kan en værdi indeholde enhver opmærkning som ville være tilladt "
+#~ "på wikisiden udenfor skabelonen. Trippel-citering af værdien tillader "
+#~ "endda at bruge citering som del af værdien. Kombineret med flerlinje-"
+#~ "citerede værdier tillader dette indlejring af store klumper af opmærket "
+#~ "tekst i skabelonen:"
+
+#~ msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"grøn\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+#~ msgstr "\\[[Charley]]'s søster."
+
+#~ msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+#~ msgstr "\"Jeg vil være en astronaut når jeg bliver stor.\""
+
+#~ msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+#~ msgstr "Egentligt 8 og et halvt."
+
+#~ msgid "Creating a template"
+#~ msgstr "Oprettelse af skabelon"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
+#~ "page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
+#~ "template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
+#~ "inside the source directory of the wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Opret en skabelon ved simpelthen at tilføje skabelon-direktivet til en "
+#~ "side, så vil siden vise en henvisning som kan bruges til at oprette "
+#~ "skabelonen. Skabelonen er en normal wikiside, placeret i `templates/` "
+#~ "undermappen indeni wikiens kildemappe."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+#~ "module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult "
+#~ "its documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know "
+#~ "are a few things:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skabelonen bruger samme syntax som perl-modulet [[!cpan HTML::Template]] "
+#~ "som giver mulighed for at lave ret komplekse ting. Læs dokumentationen "
+#~ "for den fulde syntaks, men alt hvad du reelt behøver at vide er nogle få "
+#~ "ting:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a "
+#~ "template variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE "
+#~ "and BASENAME."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ethvert parameter du angiver til skabelondirektivet vil danne en "
+#~ "skabelonvariabel. Der er også nogle foruddefinerede variable som PAGE og "
+#~ "BASENAME."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup "
+#~ "in the value will first be converted to html."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Brug `<TMPL_VAR variabel>` til at indsætte værdien af en variabel. Wiki-"
+#~ "opmærkning i værdien bliver først konverteret til html."
+
+#~ msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Her er et eksempel på en skabelon (det anbefales at bruge engelske "
+#~ "variabelnavne for at undgå problemer med æøå og andre specialtegn):"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " No favorite color.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Navn: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Alder: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Favoritfarve: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " Ingen favoritfarve.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the "
+#~ "page that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms "
+#~ "of wiki markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not "
+#~ "show up as backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Den udfyldte skabelon vil blive formateret som resten af siden den er "
+#~ "inkluderet i, så du kan medtage WikiLinks og alle andre former for wiki- "
+#~ "opmærkning i skabelonen. Bemærk dog at sådanne WikiLinks ikke vil dukke "
+#~ "op som krydshenvisninger (backlinks) til den side som anvender skabelonen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. "
+#~ "This ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken "
+#~ "for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a "
+#~ "[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bemærk brugen af \"raw_name\" indeni [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]-generatoren. "
+#~ "Dette sikrer at hvor navnet indeholder noget som måske kan fejltolkes som "
+#~ "wiki-opmærkning, bliver det ikke konverteret til html før det er blevet "
+#~ "behandlet som en [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 15:15+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
-"else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
+"[[Ikiwiki]] uses many templates for many purposes. By editing its templates, "
+"you can fully customise this site."
msgstr ""
-"[[!meta title=\"Vorlagen\"]]\n"
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"In diesem Wiki sind Vorlagen **aktiviert**.\"\n"
-"else=\"In diesem Wiki sind Vorlagen **deaktiviert**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
-"wiki."
-msgstr ""
-"Vorlagen sind Dateien, die ausgefüllt und in Wiki-Seiten eingefügt werden "
-"können."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+"Templates are located in `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` by default; the "
+"`templatedir` setting can be used to make another directory be searched "
+"first. Customised templates can also be placed inside the \"templates/\" "
+"directory in your wiki's source."
msgstr ""
-"Diese Vorlagen sind verfügbar und können in andere Seiten dieses "
-"Wikis eingebettet werden:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
+"Ikiwiki uses the HTML::Template module as its template engine. This supports "
+"things like conditionals and loops in templates and is pretty easy to learn. "
+"All you really need to know to modify templates is this:"
msgstr ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using a template"
-msgstr "Verwenden einer Vorlage"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Using a template works like this:"
-msgstr "Eine Vorlage kann folgendermaßen verwendet werden:"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted "
+#| "to html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgid "To insert the value of a template variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Um den unformatierten Wert einer Variable einzufügen, der die unveränderten "
+"Wiki-Formatierungsanweisungen enthält, verwende `<TMPL_VAR raw_Variable>`."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+#| "NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my "
-"note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgstr ""
-"\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Hier ist der Text, der in meine "
-"Notiz eingefügt werden soll.\"\"\"]]\n"
+"Wenn ein Textblock nur dann angezeigt werden soll, wenn eine Variable "
+"gesetzt ist, verwende `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"Variable\">Text</TMPL_IF>`."
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, "
+#| "use `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgid ""
-"This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with the "
-"specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgstr ""
-"Dies verwendet die Vorlage [[note]], wobei das `text`-Feld mit dem "
-"angegebenen Wert gefüllt wird, und fügt das Ergebnis in die Seite ein."
+"Um einen Textblock anzuzeigen, wenn eine Variable gesetzt ist, und einen "
+"anderen, wenn sie es nicht ist, verwende `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"Variable"
+"\">Text<TMPL_ELSE>anderer Text</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
-"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
-"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
-"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "template pages"
msgstr ""
-"Ein Wert kann im allgemeinen beliebige Formatierungsanweisungen enthalten, "
-"die im Wiki außerhalb der Vorlage zulässig sind. Durch die Verwendung dreier "
-"Anführungszeichen können sogar Anführungszeichen enthalten sein. In Kombination "
-"mit mehrzeiligen Werten in Anführungszeichen können so große Mengen an "
-"zu formatierendem Text in die Vorlage eingefügt werden:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 "
-"notes=\"\"\"\n"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/template desc=\"template directive\"]] allows "
+"wiki pages to be used as templates, filled out and inserted into other pages "
+"in the wiki."
msgstr ""
-" \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Anna\" color=\"grün\" age=8 "
-"notes=\"\"\"\n"
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
-msgstr "\\[[Thomas]] Schwester."
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
-msgstr "\"Ich will ein Astronaut werden, wenn ich erwachsen bin.\""
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "Really 8 and a half."
-msgstr "Wirklich achteinhalb."
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(edittemplate)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating a template"
-msgstr "Erstellen einer Vorlage"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
-"page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
-"template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
-"inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgid "default content for new pages"
msgstr ""
-"Um eine Vorlage zu erstellen, füge einfach die Anweisung `template` zu "
-"einer Seite hinzu. Diese Seite bietet dann einen Link zur Erstellung der "
-"Vorlage an. Die Vorlage ist eine normale Wiki-Seite, die im Unterverzeichnis "
-"`templates/` des Wiki-Quellverzeichnisses liegt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
-"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
-"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
-"things:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/edittemplate desc=\"edittemplate directive\"]] "
+"can be used to make new pages default to containing text from a template "
+"page, which can be filled out as the page is edited."
msgstr ""
-"Die Vorlage verwendet die Syntax des Perl-Moduls [[!cpan HTML::Template]], "
-"das die Umsetzung auch komplexer Vorhaben ermöglicht. In seiner Dokumentation "
-"ist die vollständige Syntax beschrieben, zur Verwendung muss man aber nur "
-"das Folgende wirklich wissen:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgid ""
-"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
-"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
-msgstr ""
-"Jeder Parameter, der der template-Anweisung übergeben wird, erzeugt eine "
-"Variable, die in der Vorlage verwendet werden kann. Es gibt auch einige "
-"vordefinierte Variablen wie PAGE und BASENAME."
+"[[!if test=\"(enabled(template) or enabled(edittemplate))\n"
+"and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+#| "sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
msgid ""
-"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
-"the value will first be converted to html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*.tmpl and !templates/*/* and !*/discussion\"\n"
+"feeds=no archive=yes sort=title template=titlepage\n"
+"rootpage=templates postformtext=\"Add a new template named:\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
-"Um den Wert einer Variable einzufügen, verwende `<TMPL_VAR Variable>`. "
-"Wiki-Formatierung im Wert wird zuvor zu HTML konvertiert werden."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
-"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Um den unformatierten Wert einer Variable einzufügen, der die unveränderten "
-"Wiki-Formatierungsanweisungen enthält, verwende `<TMPL_VAR raw_Variable>`."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using a template"
+msgid "wiki templates"
+msgstr "Verwenden einer Vorlage"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
+"These templates are used to build the wiki. The aim is to keep almost all "
+"html out of ikiwiki and in the templates."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn ein Textblock nur dann angezeigt werden soll, wenn eine Variable gesetzt "
-"ist, "
-"verwende `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"Variable\">Text</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+"`page.tmpl` - Used for displaying all regular wiki pages. This is the key "
+"template to customise. [[!if test=\"enabled(pagetemplate)\" then=\"\"\""
msgstr ""
-"Um einen Textblock anzuzeigen, wenn eine Variable gesetzt ist, und einen "
-"anderen, wenn sie es nicht ist, verwende `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"Variable\">Text<TMPL_ELSE>anderer Text</TMPL_IF>`."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's a sample template:"
-msgstr "Hier ist eine Beispiel-Vorlage:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" No favorite color.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
+" (The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/pagetemplate desc=\"pagetemplate directive\"]]\n"
+" can be used to make a page use a different template than `page.tmpl`.)\"\"\"]]\n"
+"* `rsspage.tmpl` - Used for generating rss feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `rssitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on rss feeds.\n"
+"* `atompage.tmpl` - Used for generating atom feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `atomitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on atom feeds.\n"
+"* `inlinepage.tmpl` - Used for displaying a post in a blog.\n"
+"* `archivepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `titlepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page by title in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `microblog.tmpl` - Used for showing a microblogging post inline.\n"
+"* `blogpost.tmpl` - Used for a form to add a post to a blog (and rss/atom links)\n"
+"* `feedlink.tmpl` - Used to add rss/atom links if `blogpost.tmpl` is not used.\n"
+"* `aggregatepost.tmpl` - Used by the aggregate plugin to create\n"
+" a page for a post.\n"
+"* `searchform.tmpl`, `googleform.tmpl` - Used by the search plugin \n"
+" and google plugin to add search forms to wiki pages.\n"
+"* `searchquery.tmpl` - This is a Omega template, used by the\n"
+" search plugin.\n"
+"* `comment.tmpl` - Used by the comments plugin to display a comment.\n"
+"* `change.tmpl` - Used to create a page describing a change made to the wiki.\n"
+"* `recentchanges.tmpl` - Used for listing a change on the RecentChanges page.\n"
+"* `autoindex.tmpl` - Filled in by the autoindex plugin to make index pages.\n"
+"* `autotag.tmpl` - Filled in by the tag plugin to make tag pages.\n"
+"* `calendarmonth.tmpl`, `calendaryear.tmpl` - Used by ikiwiki-calendar to\n"
+" make calendar archive pages.\n"
+"* `editpage.tmpl`, `editconflict.tmpl`, `editcreationconflict.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editfailedsave.tmpl`, `editpagegone.tmpl`, `pocreatepage.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editcomment.tmpl` `commentmoderation.tmpl`, `renamesummary.tmpl`,\n"
+" `passwordmail.tmpl`, `openid-selector.tmpl` - Parts of ikiwiki's user\n"
+" interface; do not normally need to be customised.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Alter: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Lieblingsfarbe: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" Keine Lieblingsfarbe.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
-"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
-"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
-"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
-msgstr ""
-"Die ausgefüllte Vorlage wird genauso formatiert wie der Rest der Seite, die "
-"sie enthält, man kann also WikiLinks und alle anderen Arten von "
-"Wiki-Formatierung in der Vorlage verwenden. Zu beachten ist aber, dass "
-"solche WikiLinks nicht als Rückwärts-Links zu der Seite auftauchen, die "
-"die Vorlage verwendet."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. This "
-"ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken for wiki "
-"markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a "
-"[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
-msgstr ""
-"Beachte auch die Verwendung von `raw_name` innerhalb des Generators für "
-"den [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]. Dies stellt sicher, dass der Name nicht nach HTML "
-"konvertiert wird, selbst wenn er etwas enthält, was für eine "
-"Wiki-Formatierungsanweisung gehalten werden könnte, bevor er als "
-"[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] verarbeitet wird."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[[!meta title=\"Vorlagen\"]]\n"
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"In diesem Wiki sind Vorlagen **aktiviert**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"In diesem Wiki sind Vorlagen **deaktiviert**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
+#~ "wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vorlagen sind Dateien, die ausgefüllt und in Wiki-Seiten eingefügt werden "
+#~ "können."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Diese Vorlagen sind verfügbar und können in andere Seiten dieses Wikis "
+#~ "eingebettet werden:"
+
+#~ msgid "Using a template works like this:"
+#~ msgstr "Eine Vorlage kann folgendermaßen verwendet werden:"
+
+#~ msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+#~ msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Hier ist der Text, der in meine Notiz eingefügt werden soll.\"\"\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with "
+#~ "the specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dies verwendet die Vorlage [[note]], wobei das `text`-Feld mit dem "
+#~ "angegebenen Wert gefüllt wird, und fügt das Ergebnis in die Seite ein."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the "
+#~ "wiki page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows "
+#~ "quotes to be included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this "
+#~ "allows for large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ein Wert kann im allgemeinen beliebige Formatierungsanweisungen "
+#~ "enthalten, die im Wiki außerhalb der Vorlage zulässig sind. Durch die "
+#~ "Verwendung dreier Anführungszeichen können sogar Anführungszeichen "
+#~ "enthalten sein. In Kombination mit mehrzeiligen Werten in "
+#~ "Anführungszeichen können so große Mengen an zu formatierendem Text in die "
+#~ "Vorlage eingefügt werden:"
+
+#~ msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Anna\" color=\"grün\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+#~ msgstr "\\[[Thomas]] Schwester."
+
+#~ msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+#~ msgstr "\"Ich will ein Astronaut werden, wenn ich erwachsen bin.\""
+
+#~ msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+#~ msgstr "Wirklich achteinhalb."
+
+#~ msgid "Creating a template"
+#~ msgstr "Erstellen einer Vorlage"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
+#~ "page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
+#~ "template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
+#~ "inside the source directory of the wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Um eine Vorlage zu erstellen, füge einfach die Anweisung `template` zu "
+#~ "einer Seite hinzu. Diese Seite bietet dann einen Link zur Erstellung der "
+#~ "Vorlage an. Die Vorlage ist eine normale Wiki-Seite, die im "
+#~ "Unterverzeichnis `templates/` des Wiki-Quellverzeichnisses liegt."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+#~ "module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult "
+#~ "its documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know "
+#~ "are a few things:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Die Vorlage verwendet die Syntax des Perl-Moduls [[!cpan HTML::"
+#~ "Template]], das die Umsetzung auch komplexer Vorhaben ermöglicht. In "
+#~ "seiner Dokumentation ist die vollständige Syntax beschrieben, zur "
+#~ "Verwendung muss man aber nur das Folgende wirklich wissen:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a "
+#~ "template variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE "
+#~ "and BASENAME."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jeder Parameter, der der template-Anweisung übergeben wird, erzeugt eine "
+#~ "Variable, die in der Vorlage verwendet werden kann. Es gibt auch einige "
+#~ "vordefinierte Variablen wie PAGE und BASENAME."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup "
+#~ "in the value will first be converted to html."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Um den Wert einer Variable einzufügen, verwende `<TMPL_VAR Variable>`. "
+#~ "Wiki-Formatierung im Wert wird zuvor zu HTML konvertiert werden."
+
+#~ msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+#~ msgstr "Hier ist eine Beispiel-Vorlage:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " No favorite color.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Alter: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Lieblingsfarbe: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " Keine Lieblingsfarbe.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the "
+#~ "page that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms "
+#~ "of wiki markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not "
+#~ "show up as backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Die ausgefüllte Vorlage wird genauso formatiert wie der Rest der Seite, "
+#~ "die sie enthält, man kann also WikiLinks und alle anderen Arten von Wiki-"
+#~ "Formatierung in der Vorlage verwenden. Zu beachten ist aber, dass solche "
+#~ "WikiLinks nicht als Rückwärts-Links zu der Seite auftauchen, die die "
+#~ "Vorlage verwendet."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. "
+#~ "This ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken "
+#~ "for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a "
+#~ "[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Beachte auch die Verwendung von `raw_name` innerhalb des Generators für "
+#~ "den [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]. Dies stellt sicher, dass der Name nicht nach "
+#~ "HTML konvertiert wird, selbst wenn er etwas enthält, was für eine Wiki-"
+#~ "Formatierungsanweisung gehalten werden könnte, bevor er als [[ikiwiki/"
+#~ "WikiLink]] verarbeitet wird."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-17 13:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
-"else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
+"[[Ikiwiki]] uses many templates for many purposes. By editing its templates, "
+"you can fully customise this site."
msgstr ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"Este wiki tiene las plantillas **activadas**.\"\n"
-"else=\"Este wiki tiene las plantillas **desactivadas**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
-"wiki."
+"Templates are located in `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` by default; the "
+"`templatedir` setting can be used to make another directory be searched "
+"first. Customised templates can also be placed inside the \"templates/\" "
+"directory in your wiki's source."
msgstr ""
-"Las plantillas son archivos que se pueden completar e insertar en páginas "
-"del wiki."
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid ""
+"Ikiwiki uses the HTML::Template module as its template engine. This supports "
+"things like conditionals and loops in templates and is pretty easy to learn. "
+"All you really need to know to modify templates is this:"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
-msgstr "Estas plantillas están disponibles en este wiki para ser incluidas en otras páginas:"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted "
+#| "to html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgid "To insert the value of a template variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Para insertar el valor sin procesar de una variable, con el marcado wiki no "
+"convertido todavía a html, utilice `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+#| "NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgid ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgstr ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
+"Para que un bloque de texto dependa de que una variable haya sido "
+"establecida, utilice `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">texto</TMPL_IF>`."
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using a template"
-msgstr "Uso de una plantilla"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, "
+#| "use `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+msgid ""
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+msgstr ""
+"Para utilizar un bloque de texto si se ha establecido una variable, y otro "
+"texto si no se ha establecido, utilice `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable"
+"\">texto<TMPL_ELSE>otro texto</TMPL_IF>`"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Using a template works like this:"
-msgstr "El uso de una plantilla es así:"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Éste es el texto que se insertará en mi nota.\"\"\"]]\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with the "
-"specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+msgid "template pages"
msgstr ""
-"Esto rellena la plantilla [[note]] («nota»), completando el campo `text` "
-"(«texto») con el valor especificado, e inserta el resultado en la página."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
-"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
-"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
-"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/template desc=\"template directive\"]] allows "
+"wiki pages to be used as templates, filled out and inserted into other pages "
+"in the wiki."
msgstr ""
-"Por lo general, un valor puede incluir cualquier marcado («markup») permitido "
-"en la página wiki fuera de la plantilla. La utilización de comillas triples permite "
-"incluso que se incluyan comillas. En combinación con valores entrecomillados "
-"en múltiples líneas, esto permite que se incluyan grandes fragmentos de texto "
-"marcado en una plantilla:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
-msgstr "Hermana de \\[[Charley]]."
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
-msgstr "\"Quiero ser astronauta cuando crezca.\""
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "Really 8 and a half."
-msgstr "8 y medio en realidad."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(edittemplate)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating a template"
-msgstr "Creación de una plantilla"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
-"page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
-"template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
-"inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgid "default content for new pages"
msgstr ""
-"Para crear una plantilla, simplemente añada una directiva de plantilla a una "
-"página, y ésta proporcionará un enlace que puede utilizarse para crear la "
-"plantilla. La plantilla es una página wiki normal, situada en el subdirectorio "
-"`templates/` dentro del directorio fuente del wiki."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
-"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
-"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
-"things:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/edittemplate desc=\"edittemplate directive\"]] "
+"can be used to make new pages default to containing text from a template "
+"page, which can be filled out as the page is edited."
msgstr ""
-"La plantilla utiliza la sintaxis usada por el módulo perl [[!cpan HTML::Template]], "
-"que permite hacer algunas cosas bastante complejas. Consulte su documentación "
-"para ver la sintaxis completa, pero todo lo que realmente necesita saber son unas "
-"pocas cosas:"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgid ""
-"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
-"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
-msgstr ""
-"Cada parámetro que pase a la directiva de plantilla generará una variable de "
-"plantilla. También existen algunas variables predefinidas como PAGE y BASENAME."
+"[[!if test=\"(enabled(template) or enabled(edittemplate))\n"
+"and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+#| "sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
msgid ""
-"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
-"the value will first be converted to html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*.tmpl and !templates/*/* and !*/discussion\"\n"
+"feeds=no archive=yes sort=title template=titlepage\n"
+"rootpage=templates postformtext=\"Add a new template named:\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
-"Para introducir el valor de una variable, utilice `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. El marcado "
-"(«markup») wiki en el valor será convertido primero a html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
-"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Para insertar el valor sin procesar de una variable, con el marcado wiki no "
-"convertido todavía a html, utilice `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using a template"
+msgid "wiki templates"
+msgstr "Uso de una plantilla"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
+"These templates are used to build the wiki. The aim is to keep almost all "
+"html out of ikiwiki and in the templates."
msgstr ""
-"Para que un bloque de texto dependa de que una variable haya sido establecida, "
-"utilice `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">texto</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+"`page.tmpl` - Used for displaying all regular wiki pages. This is the key "
+"template to customise. [[!if test=\"enabled(pagetemplate)\" then=\"\"\""
msgstr ""
-"Para utilizar un bloque de texto si se ha establecido una variable, y otro texto "
-"si no se ha establecido, utilice "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">texto<TMPL_ELSE>otro texto</TMPL_IF>`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's a sample template:"
-msgstr "Esto es una plantilla de ejemplo:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" No favorite color.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
+" (The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/pagetemplate desc=\"pagetemplate directive\"]]\n"
+" can be used to make a page use a different template than `page.tmpl`.)\"\"\"]]\n"
+"* `rsspage.tmpl` - Used for generating rss feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `rssitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on rss feeds.\n"
+"* `atompage.tmpl` - Used for generating atom feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `atomitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on atom feeds.\n"
+"* `inlinepage.tmpl` - Used for displaying a post in a blog.\n"
+"* `archivepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `titlepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page by title in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `microblog.tmpl` - Used for showing a microblogging post inline.\n"
+"* `blogpost.tmpl` - Used for a form to add a post to a blog (and rss/atom links)\n"
+"* `feedlink.tmpl` - Used to add rss/atom links if `blogpost.tmpl` is not used.\n"
+"* `aggregatepost.tmpl` - Used by the aggregate plugin to create\n"
+" a page for a post.\n"
+"* `searchform.tmpl`, `googleform.tmpl` - Used by the search plugin \n"
+" and google plugin to add search forms to wiki pages.\n"
+"* `searchquery.tmpl` - This is a Omega template, used by the\n"
+" search plugin.\n"
+"* `comment.tmpl` - Used by the comments plugin to display a comment.\n"
+"* `change.tmpl` - Used to create a page describing a change made to the wiki.\n"
+"* `recentchanges.tmpl` - Used for listing a change on the RecentChanges page.\n"
+"* `autoindex.tmpl` - Filled in by the autoindex plugin to make index pages.\n"
+"* `autotag.tmpl` - Filled in by the tag plugin to make tag pages.\n"
+"* `calendarmonth.tmpl`, `calendaryear.tmpl` - Used by ikiwiki-calendar to\n"
+" make calendar archive pages.\n"
+"* `editpage.tmpl`, `editconflict.tmpl`, `editcreationconflict.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editfailedsave.tmpl`, `editpagegone.tmpl`, `pocreatepage.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editcomment.tmpl` `commentmoderation.tmpl`, `renamesummary.tmpl`,\n"
+" `passwordmail.tmpl`, `openid-selector.tmpl` - Parts of ikiwiki's user\n"
+" interface; do not normally need to be customised.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Nombre: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Edad: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Color favorito: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" Ningún color favorito.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
-"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
-"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
-"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
-msgstr ""
-"La plantilla rellenada se formateará de la misma manera que el resto de la página "
-"que la contiene, así que puede incluir WikiLinks («enlaces wiki») y todas las otras "
-"formas de marcado wiki en la plantilla. Sin embargo, tenga en cuenta que estos "
-"WikiLinks no aparecerán como «backlinks» a la página que usa la plantilla."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. This "
-"ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken for wiki "
-"markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a [[ikiwiki/"
-"WikiLink]]."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta el uso de «raw_name» dentro del generador de [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]. "
-"Esto asegura que si el nombre contiene algo que pueda ser tomado equivocadamente "
-"como marcado wiki, no sea convertido a html antes de ser procesado como un "
-"[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"Este wiki tiene las plantillas **activadas**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"Este wiki tiene las plantillas **desactivadas**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
+#~ "wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Las plantillas son archivos que se pueden completar e insertar en páginas "
+#~ "del wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Estas plantillas están disponibles en este wiki para ser incluidas en "
+#~ "otras páginas:"
+
+#~ msgid "Using a template works like this:"
+#~ msgstr "El uso de una plantilla es así:"
+
+#~ msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+#~ msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Éste es el texto que se insertará en mi nota.\"\"\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with "
+#~ "the specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esto rellena la plantilla [[note]] («nota»), completando el campo `text` "
+#~ "(«texto») con el valor especificado, e inserta el resultado en la página."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the "
+#~ "wiki page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows "
+#~ "quotes to be included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this "
+#~ "allows for large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Por lo general, un valor puede incluir cualquier marcado («markup») "
+#~ "permitido en la página wiki fuera de la plantilla. La utilización de "
+#~ "comillas triples permite incluso que se incluyan comillas. En combinación "
+#~ "con valores entrecomillados en múltiples líneas, esto permite que se "
+#~ "incluyan grandes fragmentos de texto marcado en una plantilla:"
+
+#~ msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+#~ msgstr "Hermana de \\[[Charley]]."
+
+#~ msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+#~ msgstr "\"Quiero ser astronauta cuando crezca.\""
+
+#~ msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+#~ msgstr "8 y medio en realidad."
+
+#~ msgid "Creating a template"
+#~ msgstr "Creación de una plantilla"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
+#~ "page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
+#~ "template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
+#~ "inside the source directory of the wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para crear una plantilla, simplemente añada una directiva de plantilla a "
+#~ "una página, y ésta proporcionará un enlace que puede utilizarse para "
+#~ "crear la plantilla. La plantilla es una página wiki normal, situada en el "
+#~ "subdirectorio `templates/` dentro del directorio fuente del wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+#~ "module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult "
+#~ "its documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know "
+#~ "are a few things:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La plantilla utiliza la sintaxis usada por el módulo perl [[!cpan HTML::"
+#~ "Template]], que permite hacer algunas cosas bastante complejas. Consulte "
+#~ "su documentación para ver la sintaxis completa, pero todo lo que "
+#~ "realmente necesita saber son unas pocas cosas:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a "
+#~ "template variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE "
+#~ "and BASENAME."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cada parámetro que pase a la directiva de plantilla generará una variable "
+#~ "de plantilla. También existen algunas variables predefinidas como PAGE y "
+#~ "BASENAME."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup "
+#~ "in the value will first be converted to html."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para introducir el valor de una variable, utilice `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. "
+#~ "El marcado («markup») wiki en el valor será convertido primero a html."
+
+#~ msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+#~ msgstr "Esto es una plantilla de ejemplo:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " No favorite color.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Nombre: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Edad: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Color favorito: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " Ningún color favorito.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the "
+#~ "page that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms "
+#~ "of wiki markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not "
+#~ "show up as backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La plantilla rellenada se formateará de la misma manera que el resto de "
+#~ "la página que la contiene, así que puede incluir WikiLinks («enlaces "
+#~ "wiki») y todas las otras formas de marcado wiki en la plantilla. Sin "
+#~ "embargo, tenga en cuenta que estos WikiLinks no aparecerán como "
+#~ "«backlinks» a la página que usa la plantilla."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. "
+#~ "This ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken "
+#~ "for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a "
+#~ "[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tenga en cuenta el uso de «raw_name» dentro del generador de [[ikiwiki/"
+#~ "WikiLink]]. Esto asegura que si el nombre contiene algo que pueda ser "
+#~ "tomado equivocadamente como marcado wiki, no sea convertido a html antes "
+#~ "de ser procesado como un [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-12 08:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexandre Dupas <alexandre.dupas@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgid ""
+"[[Ikiwiki]] uses many templates for many purposes. By editing its templates, "
+"you can fully customise this site."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
-"else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
+"Templates are located in `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` by default; the "
+"`templatedir` setting can be used to make another directory be searched "
+"first. Customised templates can also be placed inside the \"templates/\" "
+"directory in your wiki's source."
msgstr ""
-"[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
-"then=\"Les modèles sont **activés** dans ce wiki.\"\n"
-"else=\"Les modèles sont **désactivés** dans ce wiki.\"\n"
-"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
-"wiki."
+"Ikiwiki uses the HTML::Template module as its template engine. This supports "
+"things like conditionals and loops in templates and is pretty easy to learn. "
+"All you really need to know to modify templates is this:"
msgstr ""
-"Les modèles sont des fichiers pouvant être remplis et insérés dans les pages "
-"du wiki."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted "
+#| "to html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgid "To insert the value of a template variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour insérer la valeur brute d'une variable, sans que la syntaxe wiki soit "
+"convertie en html, utilisez `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+#| "NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
msgid ""
-"These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
-msgstr "Ces modèles peuvent être insérés dans d'autres pages de ce wiki :"
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour écrire un bloc de texte si une variable est définie, utilisez `<TMPL_IF "
+"NAME=\"variable\">texte</TMPL_IF>`."
-#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, "
+#| "use `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgid ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
msgstr ""
-"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
-"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-
-#. type: Title ##
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using a template"
-msgstr "Utiliser un modèle"
+"Pour utiliser un bloc de texte si une variable est définie et un autre dans "
+"le cas contraire, utilisez `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">texte<TMPL_ELSE>autre "
+"texte</TMPL_IF>`"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Using a template works like this:"
-msgstr "Voici comment fonctionne un modèle :"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Plain text
+#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Ici se trouve le texte à insérer dans ma note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with the "
-"specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
-msgstr "Cette expression remplit le modèle [[note]], remplaçant le champ `text` par la valeur spécifiée, et insérant le résultat dans la page."
+msgid "template pages"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
-"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
-"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
-"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/template desc=\"template directive\"]] allows "
+"wiki pages to be used as templates, filled out and inserted into other pages "
+"in the wiki."
msgstr ""
-"Généralement, une valeur peut inclure n'importe quelle balise qui serait "
-"autorisée dans les pages du wiki. Tripler les guillemets autour de la valeur "
-"permet même d'y inclure des guillemets. Ainsi, avec des valeurs sur "
-"plusieurs lignes, de larges morceaux de texte mis en forme peuvent être "
-"intégrés dans un modèle :"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
-msgstr "soeur de \\[[Charley]]."
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
-msgstr "\"Je veux devenir une astronaute lorsque je serai grande.\""
-
-#. type: Bullet: ' * '
-msgid "Really 8 and a half."
-msgstr "Réellement 8 ans et demi."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(edittemplate)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating a template"
-msgstr "Créer un modèle"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
-"page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
-"template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
-"inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgid "default content for new pages"
msgstr ""
-"Pour créer un modèle, ajoutez simplement une directive `template` à une "
-"page. La page fournira alors un lien qui peut être utilisé pour créer le "
-"modèle. Le modèle est une page de wiki régulière, enregistrée dans le sous-"
-"répertoire `templates/` du répertoire source du wiki."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
-"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
-"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
-"things:"
+"The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/edittemplate desc=\"edittemplate directive\"]] "
+"can be used to make new pages default to containing text from a template "
+"page, which can be filled out as the page is edited."
msgstr ""
-"Le modèle utilise la syntaxe définie par le module perl [[!cpan HTML::"
-"Template]], qui permet de faire des choses plutôt complexes. Consultez sa "
-"documentation pour obtenir la syntaxe complète. Cependant, vous n'avez "
-"réellement besoin que de quelques informations :"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
msgid ""
-"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
-"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
-msgstr ""
-"Chaque paramètre que vous donnez à la directive `template` générera une "
-"variable dans le modèle. Il y a en plus quelques variables prédéfinies comme "
-"PAGE et BASENAME."
+"[[!if test=\"(enabled(template) or enabled(edittemplate))\n"
+"and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "[[!if test=\"enabled(template) and enabled(inline)\" then=\"\"\"\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+#| "sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
msgid ""
-"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
-"the value will first be converted to html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*.tmpl and !templates/*/* and !*/discussion\"\n"
+"feeds=no archive=yes sort=title template=titlepage\n"
+"rootpage=templates postformtext=\"Add a new template named:\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
-"Pour insérer la valeur d'une variable, utilisez `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. La "
-"syntaxe wiki dans la valeur sera d'abord transformée en html."
+"[[!inline pages=\"templates/* and !*/discussion\" feeds=no archive=yes\n"
+"sort=title template=titlepage]]\n"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-msgid ""
-"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
-"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour insérer la valeur brute d'une variable, sans que la syntaxe wiki soit "
-"convertie en html, utilisez `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using a template"
+msgid "wiki templates"
+msgstr "Utiliser un modèle"
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"variable\">text</TMPL_IF>`."
+"These templates are used to build the wiki. The aim is to keep almost all "
+"html out of ikiwiki and in the templates."
msgstr ""
-"Pour écrire un bloc de texte si une variable est définie, utilisez `<TMPL_IF "
-"NAME=\"variable\">texte</TMPL_IF>`."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
-"`<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+"`page.tmpl` - Used for displaying all regular wiki pages. This is the key "
+"template to customise. [[!if test=\"enabled(pagetemplate)\" then=\"\"\""
msgstr ""
-"Pour utiliser un bloc de texte si une variable est définie et un autre dans "
-"le cas contraire, utilisez `<TMPL_IF NAME=\"variable\">texte<TMPL_ELSE>autre "
-"texte</TMPL_IF>`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's a sample template:"
-msgstr "Voici un exemple de modèle :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" No favorite color.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
+" (The [[!iki ikiwiki/directive/pagetemplate desc=\"pagetemplate directive\"]]\n"
+" can be used to make a page use a different template than `page.tmpl`.)\"\"\"]]\n"
+"* `rsspage.tmpl` - Used for generating rss feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `rssitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on rss feeds.\n"
+"* `atompage.tmpl` - Used for generating atom feeds for blogs.\n"
+"* `atomitem.tmpl` - Used for generating individual items on atom feeds.\n"
+"* `inlinepage.tmpl` - Used for displaying a post in a blog.\n"
+"* `archivepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `titlepage.tmpl` - Used for listing a page by title in a blog archive page.\n"
+"* `microblog.tmpl` - Used for showing a microblogging post inline.\n"
+"* `blogpost.tmpl` - Used for a form to add a post to a blog (and rss/atom links)\n"
+"* `feedlink.tmpl` - Used to add rss/atom links if `blogpost.tmpl` is not used.\n"
+"* `aggregatepost.tmpl` - Used by the aggregate plugin to create\n"
+" a page for a post.\n"
+"* `searchform.tmpl`, `googleform.tmpl` - Used by the search plugin \n"
+" and google plugin to add search forms to wiki pages.\n"
+"* `searchquery.tmpl` - This is a Omega template, used by the\n"
+" search plugin.\n"
+"* `comment.tmpl` - Used by the comments plugin to display a comment.\n"
+"* `change.tmpl` - Used to create a page describing a change made to the wiki.\n"
+"* `recentchanges.tmpl` - Used for listing a change on the RecentChanges page.\n"
+"* `autoindex.tmpl` - Filled in by the autoindex plugin to make index pages.\n"
+"* `autotag.tmpl` - Filled in by the tag plugin to make tag pages.\n"
+"* `calendarmonth.tmpl`, `calendaryear.tmpl` - Used by ikiwiki-calendar to\n"
+" make calendar archive pages.\n"
+"* `editpage.tmpl`, `editconflict.tmpl`, `editcreationconflict.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editfailedsave.tmpl`, `editpagegone.tmpl`, `pocreatepage.tmpl`,\n"
+" `editcomment.tmpl` `commentmoderation.tmpl`, `renamesummary.tmpl`,\n"
+" `passwordmail.tmpl`, `openid-selector.tmpl` - Parts of ikiwiki's user\n"
+" interface; do not normally need to be customised.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
-" Nom : \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
-" Age : <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
-" Couleur favorite : <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
-" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
-" Pas de couleur favorite.<br />\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
-" <hr />\n"
-" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
-" </TMPL_IF>\n"
-" </span>\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
-"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
-"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
-"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
-msgstr ""
-"Le modèle rempli sera mis en forme comme le reste de la page qui le "
-"contient. Vous pouvez donc inclure des WikiLinks et toutes les autres formes "
-"de balises wiki dans les modèles. Notez cependant que de tels WikiLinks "
-"n'apparaîtront pas dans les BackLinks de la page qui utilise le modèle."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. This "
-"ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken for wiki "
-"markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a [[ikiwiki/"
-"WikiLink]]."
-msgstr ""
-"Notez l'utilisation de \"raw_name\" à l'intérieur du générateur de [[ikiwiki/"
-"WikiLink]]. Cela assure que si le nom contient quelque chose pouvant être "
-"confondu avec une balise wiki, alors il n'est pas converti en html avant "
-"d'être traité comme un [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"This wiki has templates **enabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"This wiki has templates **disabled**.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[[!if test=\"enabled(template)\"\n"
+#~ "then=\"Les modèles sont **activés** dans ce wiki.\"\n"
+#~ "else=\"Les modèles sont **désactivés** dans ce wiki.\"\n"
+#~ "]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Templates are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in the "
+#~ "wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Les modèles sont des fichiers pouvant être remplis et insérés dans les "
+#~ "pages du wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These templates are available for inclusion onto other pages in this wiki:"
+#~ msgstr "Ces modèles peuvent être insérés dans d'autres pages de ce wiki :"
+
+#~ msgid "Using a template works like this:"
+#~ msgstr "Voici comment fonctionne un modèle :"
+
+#~ msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+#~ msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Ici se trouve le texte à insérer dans ma note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This fills out the [[note]] template, filling in the `text` field with "
+#~ "the specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cette expression remplit le modèle [[note]], remplaçant le champ `text` "
+#~ "par la valeur spécifiée, et insérant le résultat dans la page."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the "
+#~ "wiki page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows "
+#~ "quotes to be included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this "
+#~ "allows for large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Généralement, une valeur peut inclure n'importe quelle balise qui serait "
+#~ "autorisée dans les pages du wiki. Tripler les guillemets autour de la "
+#~ "valeur permet même d'y inclure des guillemets. Ainsi, avec des valeurs "
+#~ "sur plusieurs lignes, de larges morceaux de texte mis en forme peuvent "
+#~ "être intégrés dans un modèle :"
+
+#~ msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+#~ msgstr " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+#~ msgstr "soeur de \\[[Charley]]."
+
+#~ msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+#~ msgstr "\"Je veux devenir une astronaute lorsque je serai grande.\""
+
+#~ msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+#~ msgstr "Réellement 8 ans et demi."
+
+#~ msgid "Creating a template"
+#~ msgstr "Créer un modèle"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a template, simply add a template directive to a page, and the "
+#~ "page will provide a link that can be used to create the template. The "
+#~ "template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` subdirectory "
+#~ "inside the source directory of the wiki."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pour créer un modèle, ajoutez simplement une directive `template` à une "
+#~ "page. La page fournira alors un lien qui peut être utilisé pour créer le "
+#~ "modèle. Le modèle est une page de wiki régulière, enregistrée dans le "
+#~ "sous-répertoire `templates/` du répertoire source du wiki."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+#~ "module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult "
+#~ "its documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know "
+#~ "are a few things:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Le modèle utilise la syntaxe définie par le module perl [[!cpan HTML::"
+#~ "Template]], qui permet de faire des choses plutôt complexes. Consultez sa "
+#~ "documentation pour obtenir la syntaxe complète. Cependant, vous n'avez "
+#~ "réellement besoin que de quelques informations :"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a "
+#~ "template variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE "
+#~ "and BASENAME."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Chaque paramètre que vous donnez à la directive `template` générera une "
+#~ "variable dans le modèle. Il y a en plus quelques variables prédéfinies "
+#~ "comme PAGE et BASENAME."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup "
+#~ "in the value will first be converted to html."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pour insérer la valeur d'une variable, utilisez `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. La "
+#~ "syntaxe wiki dans la valeur sera d'abord transformée en html."
+
+#~ msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+#~ msgstr "Voici un exemple de modèle :"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " No favorite color.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+#~ " Nom : \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+#~ " Age : <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"color\">\n"
+#~ " Couleur favorite : <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+#~ " Pas de couleur favorite.<br />\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_IF NAME=\"notes\">\n"
+#~ " <hr />\n"
+#~ " <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+#~ " </TMPL_IF>\n"
+#~ " </span>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the "
+#~ "page that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms "
+#~ "of wiki markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not "
+#~ "show up as backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Le modèle rempli sera mis en forme comme le reste de la page qui le "
+#~ "contient. Vous pouvez donc inclure des WikiLinks et toutes les autres "
+#~ "formes de balises wiki dans les modèles. Notez cependant que de tels "
+#~ "WikiLinks n'apparaîtront pas dans les BackLinks de la page qui utilise le "
+#~ "modèle."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator. "
+#~ "This ensures that if the name contains something that might be mistaken "
+#~ "for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being processed as a "
+#~ "[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Notez l'utilisation de \"raw_name\" à l'intérieur du générateur de "
+#~ "[[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]. Cela assure que si le nom contient quelque chose "
+#~ "pouvant être confondu avec une balise wiki, alors il n'est pas converti "
+#~ "en html avant d'être traité comme un [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:49-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-20 10:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
+#| "<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
+#| "</div>\n"
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
+#| "float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
+#| "parameter:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`text` - the text to display in the note\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
msgid ""
"<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
"<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
"</div>\n"
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS text>\n"
"Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
"float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
"parameter:\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
+#| "<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
+#| "</div>\n"
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
+#| "float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
+#| "parameter:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`text` - the text to display in the note\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
msgid ""
"<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
"<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
"</div>\n"
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS text>\n"
"Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
"float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
"parameter:\n"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 20:04+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
+#| "<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
+#| "</div>\n"
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
+#| "float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
+#| "parameter:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`text` - the text to display in the note\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
msgid ""
"<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
"<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
"</div>\n"
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS text>\n"
"Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
"float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
"parameter:\n"
"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
"Verwende diese Vorlage, um eine Notiz in eine Seite einzufügen. Die Notiz\n"
"wird rechts vom restlichen Text der Seite schwebend angezeigt werden.\n"
-"Diese Vorlage hat einen Parameter:"
-"<ul>\n"
+"Diese Vorlage hat einen Parameter:<ul>\n"
"<li>`text` - der Text, der in der Notiz angezeigt werden soll.\n"
"</ul>\n"
"</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-17 13:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
+#| "<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
+#| "</div>\n"
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
+#| "float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
+#| "parameter:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`text` - the text to display in the note\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
msgid ""
"<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
"<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
"</div>\n"
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS text>\n"
"Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
"float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
"parameter:\n"
"<li>`text` - el texto que aparecerá en la nota\n"
"</ul>\n"
"</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-24 00:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexandre Dupas <alexandre.dupas@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
+#| "<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
+#| "</div>\n"
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
+#| "float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
+#| "parameter:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`text` - the text to display in the note\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
msgid ""
"<div class=\"notebox\">\n"
"<TMPL_VAR text>\n"
"</div>\n"
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"text\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS text>\n"
"Use this template to insert a note into a page. The note will be styled to\n"
"float to the right of other text on the page. This template has one\n"
"parameter:\n"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki/basewiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 02:49-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-20 10:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
+#| "is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`mouseover` - This is the text or other content that triggers the\n"
+#| "popup.\n"
+#| "<li>`popup` - This should be the content of the popup window. It can be\n"
+#| "anything, even images or a whole little wiki page, but should not be too\n"
+#| "large for good usability.\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "Note that browsers that do not support the CSS will display the popup\n"
+#| "inline in the page, inside square brackets.\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+#| "</span>\n"
msgid ""
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS mouseover>\n"
"Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
"is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
"<ul>\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
+#| "is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`mouseover` - This is the text or other content that triggers the\n"
+#| "popup.\n"
+#| "<li>`popup` - This should be the content of the popup window. It can be\n"
+#| "anything, even images or a whole little wiki page, but should not be too\n"
+#| "large for good usability.\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "Note that browsers that do not support the CSS will display the popup\n"
+#| "inline in the page, inside square brackets.\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+#| "</span>\n"
msgid ""
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS mouseover>\n"
"Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
"is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
"<ul>\n"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 20:08+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
+#| "is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`mouseover` - This is the text or other content that triggers the\n"
+#| "popup.\n"
+#| "<li>`popup` - This should be the content of the popup window. It can be\n"
+#| "anything, even images or a whole little wiki page, but should not be too\n"
+#| "large for good usability.\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "Note that browsers that do not support the CSS will display the popup\n"
+#| "inline in the page, inside square brackets.\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+#| "</span>\n"
msgid ""
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
-"Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the "
-"mouse\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS mouseover>\n"
+"Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
"is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>`mouseover` - This is the text or other content that triggers the\n"
"inline in the page, inside square brackets.\n"
"</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
"<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
-"<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR "
-"popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+"<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
"</span>\n"
msgstr ""
"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
-"Verwende diese Vorlage, um ein Popup-Fenster anzuzeigen, wenn sich die "
-"Maus\n"
+"Verwende diese Vorlage, um ein Popup-Fenster anzuzeigen, wenn sich die Maus\n"
"über diesem Teil der Seite befindet. Dies Vorlage hat zwei Parameter:\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li>`mouseover` - Dies ist der Text oder andere Inhalt, der das "
-"Popup-Fenster\n"
+"<li>`mouseover` - Dies ist der Text oder andere Inhalt, der das Popup-Fenster\n"
"auslöst.\n"
-"<li>`popup` - Dies ist der Inhalt des Popup-Fensters. Er kann beliebig "
-"sein,\n"
-"sogar Bilder oder eine ganze kleine Wiki-Seite. Im Interesse guter "
-"Benutzbarkeit\n"
-"sollte er aber nicht zu groß sein."
-"</ul>\n"
+"<li>`popup` - Dies ist der Inhalt des Popup-Fensters. Er kann beliebig sein,\n"
+"sogar Bilder oder eine ganze kleine Wiki-Seite. Im Interesse guter Benutzbarkeit\n"
+"sollte er aber nicht zu groß sein.</ul>\n"
"Beachte, dass Browser, die CSS nicht unterstützen, das Popup innerhalb\n"
"der Seite anzeigen, eingerahmt durch eckige Klammern.\n"
"</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
"<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
-"<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR "
-"popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+"<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
"</span>\n"
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-17 14:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando González de Requena <fgrequena@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
+#| "is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`mouseover` - This is the text or other content that triggers the\n"
+#| "popup.\n"
+#| "<li>`popup` - This should be the content of the popup window. It can be\n"
+#| "anything, even images or a whole little wiki page, but should not be too\n"
+#| "large for good usability.\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "Note that browsers that do not support the CSS will display the popup\n"
+#| "inline in the page, inside square brackets.\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+#| "</span>\n"
msgid ""
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS mouseover>\n"
"Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
"is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
"<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
"</span>\n"
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-24 10:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexandre Dupas <alexandre.dupas@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+#| "Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
+#| "is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li>`mouseover` - This is the text or other content that triggers the\n"
+#| "popup.\n"
+#| "<li>`popup` - This should be the content of the popup window. It can be\n"
+#| "anything, even images or a whole little wiki page, but should not be too\n"
+#| "large for good usability.\n"
+#| "</ul>\n"
+#| "Note that browsers that do not support the CSS will display the popup\n"
+#| "inline in the page, inside square brackets.\n"
+#| "</TMPL_UNLESS>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"popup\"><TMPL_VAR mouseover>\n"
+#| "<span class=\"paren\">[</span><span class=\"balloon\"><TMPL_VAR popup></span><span class=\"paren\">]</span>\n"
+#| "</span>\n"
msgid ""
-"<TMPL_UNLESS NAME=\"mouseover\">\n"
+"<TMPL_UNLESS mouseover>\n"
"Use this template to create a popup window that is displayed when the mouse\n"
"is over part of the page. This template has two parameters:\n"
"<ul>\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The `calendar` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/calendar "
-"desc=calendar]] plugin. This plugin requires extra setup. See the plugin "
-"documentation for details."
+"desc=calendar]] plugin."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid "\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "setup"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The calendar is essentially a fancy front end to archives of previous pages, "
"usually used for blogs. It can produce a calendar for a given month, or a "
-"list of months for a given year."
+"list of months for a given year. The month format calendar simply links to "
+"any page posted on each day of the month. The year format calendar links to "
+"archive pages, with names like `archives/2007` (for all of 2007) and "
+"`archives/2007/01` (for January, 2007)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"While you can insert calendar directives anywhere on your wiki, including in "
+"the sidebar, you'll also need to create these archive pages. They typically "
+"use this directive to display a calendar, and also use [[inline]] to display "
+"or list pages created in the given time frame."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The month format calendar simply links to any page posted on each day of the "
-"month. The year format calendar links to archive pages, with names like "
-"`archives/2007` (for all of 2007) and `archives/2007/01` (for January, "
-"2007). For this to work, you'll need to create these archive pages. They "
-"typically use [[inline]] to display or list pages created in the given time "
-"frame."
+"The `ikiwiki-calendar` command can be used to automatically generate the "
+"archive pages. It also refreshes the wiki, updating the calendars to "
+"highlight the current day. This command is typically run at midnight from "
+"cron. An example crontab:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid "An example crontab:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t0 0 * * * ikiwiki-calendar ~/ikiwiki.setup \"posts/* and !*/Discussion\"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The default "
+"`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The default "
"is \"archives\". Note that this default can also be overridden for the whole "
-"wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file."
+"wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file. Calendars link to "
+"pages under here, with names like \"2010/04\" and \"2010\". These pages can "
+"be automatically created using the `ikiwiki-calendar` program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`year` - The year for which the calendar is requested. Defaults to the "
-"current year."
+"current year. Can also use -1 to refer to last year, and so on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`month` - The numeric month for which the calendar is requested, in the "
"range 1..12. Used only for the month view calendar, and defaults to the "
-"current month."
+"current month. Can also use -1 to refer to last month, and so on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`months_per_row` - In the annual calendar, number of months to place in each "
+"`months_per_row` - In the year calendar, number of months to place in each "
"row. Defaults to 3."
msgstr ""
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 13:57+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and "
-"!*/Discussion\"]]\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and "
-"!*/Discussion\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
"archive pages, with names like `archives/2007` (for all of 2007) and "
"`archives/2007/01` (for January, 2007)."
msgstr ""
-"Der Kalender ist im Wesentlichen eine schicke Schnittstelle zu einem Archiv mit "
-"früheren Seiten und wird normalerweise für Blogs verwendet. Er kann einen "
-"Kalender für einen angegebenen Monat erzeugen, oder eine Liste der Monate eines "
-"angegebenen Jahres. Der Kalender im Jahresformat enthält einfach Links zu den "
-"Archivseiten mit Namen wie `archiv/2007` (für ganz 2007) und `archiv/2007/01` "
-"(für Januar 2007)."
+"Der Kalender ist im Wesentlichen eine schicke Schnittstelle zu einem Archiv "
+"mit früheren Seiten und wird normalerweise für Blogs verwendet. Er kann "
+"einen Kalender für einen angegebenen Monat erzeugen, oder eine Liste der "
+"Monate eines angegebenen Jahres. Der Kalender im Jahresformat enthält "
+"einfach Links zu den Archivseiten mit Namen wie `archiv/2007` (für ganz "
+"2007) und `archiv/2007/01` (für Januar 2007)."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"use this directive to display a calendar, and also use [[inline]] to display "
"or list pages created in the given time frame."
msgstr ""
-"Während `calendar`-Anweisungen überall im Wiki verwendet werden können, auch in "
-"der Sidebar, muss man auch die Archiv-Seiten anlegen. Dort wird typischerweise "
-"diese Anweisung verwendet, um einen Kalender anzuzeigen, und außerdem die Seiten "
-"aus dem entsprechenden Zeitraum über [[inline]] eingebunden."
+"Während `calendar`-Anweisungen überall im Wiki verwendet werden können, auch "
+"in der Sidebar, muss man auch die Archiv-Seiten anlegen. Dort wird "
+"typischerweise diese Anweisung verwendet, um einen Kalender anzuzeigen, und "
+"außerdem die Seiten aus dem entsprechenden Zeitraum über [[inline]] "
+"eingebunden."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"cron. An example crontab:"
msgstr ""
"Der `ikiwiki-calendar`-Befehl kann verwendet werden, um die Archivseiten "
-"automatisch zu erzeugen. Es aktualisiert auch das Wiki und hebt in den Kalendern "
-"den aktuellen Tag hervor. Dieser Befehl wird typischerweise um Mitternacht von "
-"cron ausgeführt, beispielsweise durch folgenden crontab-Eintrag:"
+"automatisch zu erzeugen. Es aktualisiert auch das Wiki und hebt in den "
+"Kalendern den aktuellen Tag hervor. Dieser Befehl wird typischerweise um "
+"Mitternacht von cron ausgeführt, beispielsweise durch folgenden crontab-"
+"Eintrag:"
#. type: Plain text
msgid "An example crontab:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t0 0 * * * ikiwiki-calendar ~/ikiwiki.setup \"posts/* and !*/Discussion\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\t0 0 * * * ikiwiki-calendar ~/ikiwiki.setup \"posts/* and !*/Discussion\"\n"
+msgstr "\t0 0 * * * ikiwiki-calendar ~/ikiwiki.setup \"posts/* and !*/Discussion\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`type` - Used to specify the type of calendar wanted. Can be one of "
-"\"month\" or \"year\". The default is a month view calendar."
+"`type` - Used to specify the type of calendar wanted. Can be one of \"month"
+"\" or \"year\". The default is a month view calendar."
msgstr ""
"`type` - Hiermit wird die Art des zu erzeugenden Kalenders angegeben. Kann "
"entweder \"month\" oder \"year\" sein. Vorgeingestellt ist die Monatsansicht."
"Monatskalender verwiesen werden soll. Voreingestellt ist \"*\"."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The "
+#| "default is \"archives\". Note that this default can also be overridden "
+#| "for the whole wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file."
msgid ""
-"`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The default "
+"`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The default "
"is \"archives\". Note that this default can also be overridden for the whole "
-"wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file."
+"wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file. Calendars link to "
+"pages under here, with names like \"2010/04\" and \"2010\". These pages can "
+"be automatically created using the `ikiwiki-calendar` program."
msgstr ""
-"`archivebase` - Konfiguriert die Basis der Archiv-Hierarchie. Voreingestellt ist "
-"\"archives\". Dies kann auch für das gesamte Wiki geändert werden, indem "
+"`archivebase` - Konfiguriert die Basis der Archiv-Hierarchie. Voreingestellt "
+"ist \"archives\". Dies kann auch für das gesamte Wiki geändert werden, indem "
"`archivebase` in der Setup-Datei von ikiwiki gesetzt wird."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`year` - The year for which the calendar is requested. Defaults to the "
+#| "current year."
msgid ""
"`year` - The year for which the calendar is requested. Defaults to the "
-"current year."
+"current year. Can also use -1 to refer to last year, and so on."
msgstr ""
-"`year` - Das Jahr, für das der Kalender angezeigt werden soll. Voreingestellt ist "
-"das aktuelle Jahr."
+"`year` - Das Jahr, für das der Kalender angezeigt werden soll. "
+"Voreingestellt ist das aktuelle Jahr."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`month` - The numeric month for which the calendar is requested, in the "
+#| "range 1..12. Used only for the month view calendar, and defaults to the "
+#| "current month."
msgid ""
"`month` - The numeric month for which the calendar is requested, in the "
"range 1..12. Used only for the month view calendar, and defaults to the "
-"current month."
+"current month. Can also use -1 to refer to last month, and so on."
msgstr ""
-"`month` - Der Monat, für den der Kalender angezeigt werden soll, als Zahl von 1 "
-"bis 12. Wird nur für Monatskalender verwendet. Voreingestellt ist der aktuelle "
-"Monat."
+"`month` - Der Monat, für den der Kalender angezeigt werden soll, als Zahl "
+"von 1 bis 12. Wird nur für Monatskalender verwendet. Voreingestellt ist der "
+"aktuelle Monat."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"the week that the month calendar starts with. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, and "
"so on. Defaults to 0, which is Sunday."
msgstr ""
-"`week_start_day` - Eine Zahl aus dem Bereich 0 bis 6, die den Wochentag angibt, "
-"mit dem ein Monatskalender anfängt. 0 ist Sonntag, 1 ist Montag, und so weiter. "
-"Voreingestellt ist 0, also Sonntag."
+"`week_start_day` - Eine Zahl aus dem Bereich 0 bis 6, die den Wochentag "
+"angibt, mit dem ein Monatskalender anfängt. 0 ist Sonntag, 1 ist Montag, und "
+"so weiter. Voreingestellt ist 0, also Sonntag."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`months_per_row` - In the annual calendar, number of months to place in "
+#| "each row. Defaults to 3."
msgid ""
-"`months_per_row` - In the annual calendar, number of months to place in each "
+"`months_per_row` - In the year calendar, number of months to place in each "
"row. Defaults to 3."
msgstr ""
-"`months_per_row` - Anzahl der Monate, die in einem Jahreskalender in einer Zeile "
-"platziert werden. Voreingestellt ist 3."
+"`months_per_row` - Anzahl der Monate, die in einem Jahreskalender in einer "
+"Zeile platziert werden. Voreingestellt ist 3."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-07 20:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 19:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The `calendar` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/calendar "
-"desc=calendar]] plugin. This plugin requires extra setup. See the plugin "
-"documentation for details."
-msgstr "La directive `calendar` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/calendar desc=calendar]]. Ce greffon exige une configuration particulière. Consultez sa documentation pour plus de précisions."
+"desc=calendar]] plugin."
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `calendar` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/"
+"calendar desc=calendar]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgid "\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!calendar type=\"year\" year=\"2005\" pages=\"blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "setup"
+msgstr "configuration"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The calendar is essentially a fancy front end to archives of previous pages, "
"usually used for blogs. It can produce a calendar for a given month, or a "
-"list of months for a given year."
+"list of months for a given year. The month format calendar simply links to "
+"any page posted on each day of the month. The year format calendar links to "
+"archive pages, with names like `archives/2007` (for all of 2007) and "
+"`archives/2007/01` (for January, 2007)."
msgstr ""
-"L'agenda, qu'on trouve habituellement dans les blogs, est essentiellement "
-"une interface agréable pour l'archive de pages précédentes. Il peut afficher "
-"un calendrier pour un mois donné ou une liste de mois pour une année donnée."
+"L'agenda, habituellement trouvé dans les blogs, est essentiellement une "
+"interface agréable pour l'archive de pages précédentes. Il peut afficher un "
+"calendrier pour un mois donné ou une liste de mois pour une année donnée. Un "
+"calendrier mensuel lie à chaque jour du mois les pages publiées ce jour. Un "
+"calendrier annuel lie aux pages d'archive, avec des noms comme "
+"`archives/2007` (pour tout 2007) et `archives/2007/01` (pour janvier 2007)."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The month format calendar simply links to any page posted on each day of the "
-"month. The year format calendar links to archive pages, with names like "
-"`archives/2007` (for all of 2007) and `archives/2007/01` (for January, "
-"2007). For this to work, you'll need to create these archive pages. They "
-"typically use [[inline]] to display or list pages created in the given time "
-"frame."
+"While you can insert calendar directives anywhere on your wiki, including in "
+"the sidebar, you'll also need to create these archive pages. They typically "
+"use this directive to display a calendar, and also use [[inline]] to display "
+"or list pages created in the given time frame."
msgstr ""
-"Le calendrier pour un mois est simplement l'ensemble des liens vers les "
-"pages écrites chaque jour du mois. Le calendrier pour une année est "
-"l'ensemble des liens vers les pages d'archives, comme `archives/2007` (tout "
-"2007) ou `archives/2007/01` (tout janvier 2007). Pour que cela fonctionne, "
-"il faut créer ces pages d'archive, qui comporteront une directive [[inline]] "
-"pour afficher ou lister les pages créées dans l'intervalle de temps donné."
+"Les directives calendar peuvent être insérées n'importe où dans le wiki, "
+"même dans la barre latérale. Vous devez cependant créer les pages "
+"d'archives. Celles-ci utilisent cette directive pour afficher un calendrier "
+"et aussi la directive [[inline]] pour afficher ou lister les pages créées "
+"dans l'espace de temps donné."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The `ikiwiki-calendar` command can be used to automatically generate the "
+"archive pages. It also refreshes the wiki, updating the calendars to "
+"highlight the current day. This command is typically run at midnight from "
+"cron. An example crontab:"
+msgstr ""
+"La commande `ikiwiki-calendar` peut créer automatiquement les pages "
+"d'archives. Elle actualise aussi le wiki, mettant à jour les calendriers "
+"(date du jour en surbrillance). Cette commande est exécutée généralement à "
+"minuit par le programme cron."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid "An example crontab:"
+msgstr "Une crontab possible :"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t0 0 * * * ikiwiki-calendar ~/ikiwiki.setup \"posts/* and !*/Discussion\"\n"
+msgstr "\t0 0 * * * ikiwiki-calendar ~/ikiwiki.setup \"posts/* and !*/Discussion\"\n"
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"`type` - Used to specify the type of calendar wanted. Can be one of \"month"
"\" or \"year\". The default is a month view calendar."
-msgstr "`type` - Ce paramètre indique le type du calendrier. C'est soit « month » soit « year », la valeur par défaut étant le calendrier mensuel."
+msgstr ""
+"`type` - Ce paramètre indique le type du calendrier. C'est soit « month » "
+"soit « year », la valeur par défaut étant le calendrier mensuel."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`pages` - Specifies the [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] of pages to link to from the "
"month calendar. Defaults to \"*\"."
-msgstr "`pages` - Indique une spécification [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] pour les pages qui seront liées au calendrier. La valeur par défaut est « * »."
+msgstr ""
+"`pages` - Indique une spécification [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] pour les pages qui "
+"seront liées au calendrier. La valeur par défaut est « * »."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The "
+#| "default is \"archives\". Note that this default can also be overridden "
+#| "for the whole wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file."
msgid ""
-"`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The default "
+"`archivebase` - Configures the base of the archives hierarchy. The default "
"is \"archives\". Note that this default can also be overridden for the whole "
-"wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file."
-msgstr "`archivebase` - Indique la racine des répertoires d'archives, « archives » par défaut. On peut changer cette valeur en renseignant `archivebase` dans le fichier de configuration d'ikiwiki."
+"wiki by setting `archivebase` in ikiwiki's setup file. Calendars link to "
+"pages under here, with names like \"2010/04\" and \"2010\". These pages can "
+"be automatically created using the `ikiwiki-calendar` program."
+msgstr ""
+"`archivebase` - Indique la racine des répertoires d'archives, « archives » "
+"par défaut. On peut changer cette valeur en renseignant `archivebase` dans "
+"le fichier de configuration d'ikiwiki."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`year` - The year for which the calendar is requested. Defaults to the "
+#| "current year."
msgid ""
"`year` - The year for which the calendar is requested. Defaults to the "
-"current year."
-msgstr "`year` - Indique l'année pour le calendrier annuel. La valeur par défaut est l'année en cours."
+"current year. Can also use -1 to refer to last year, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"`year` - Indique l'année pour le calendrier annuel. La valeur par défaut est "
+"l'année en cours."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`month` - The numeric month for which the calendar is requested, in the "
+#| "range 1..12. Used only for the month view calendar, and defaults to the "
+#| "current month."
msgid ""
"`month` - The numeric month for which the calendar is requested, in the "
"range 1..12. Used only for the month view calendar, and defaults to the "
-"current month."
-msgstr "`month` - Ce paramètre indique le chiffre du mois (1..12) pour le calendrier. Il n'est utilisé que pour le calendrier mensuel, et la valeur par défaut est le chiffre du mois en cours."
+"current month. Can also use -1 to refer to last month, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"`month` - Ce paramètre indique le chiffre du mois (1..12) pour le "
+"calendrier. Il n'est utilisé que pour le calendrier mensuel, et la valeur "
+"par défaut est le chiffre du mois en cours."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`week_start_day` - A number, in the range 0..6, which represents the day of "
"the week that the month calendar starts with. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, and "
"so on. Defaults to 0, which is Sunday."
-msgstr "`week_start_day` - Indique le chiffre (1..6) qui représente le jour par lequel commence la semaine dans le calendrier. Dimanche, c'est 0, lundi, 1, etc. La valeur par défaut est 0, dimanche."
+msgstr ""
+"`week_start_day` - Indique le chiffre (0..6) qui représente le jour par "
+"lequel commence la semaine dans le calendrier. Dimanche, c'est 0, lundi, 1, "
+"etc. La valeur par défaut est 0, dimanche."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`months_per_row` - In the annual calendar, number of months to place in "
+#| "each row. Defaults to 3."
msgid ""
-"`months_per_row` - In the annual calendar, number of months to place in each "
+"`months_per_row` - In the year calendar, number of months to place in each "
"row. Defaults to 3."
-msgstr "`months_per_row` - Ce paramètre indique, dans le calendrier annuel, le nombre de mois par ligne. La valeur par défaut est 3."
+msgstr ""
+"`months_per_row` - Ce paramètre indique, dans le calendrier annuel, le "
+"nombre de mois par ligne. La valeur par défaut est 3."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The month format calendar simply links to any page posted on each day of "
+#~ "the month. The year format calendar links to archive pages, with names "
+#~ "like `archives/2007` (for all of 2007) and `archives/2007/01` (for "
+#~ "January, 2007). For this to work, you'll need to create these archive "
+#~ "pages. They typically use [[inline]] to display or list pages created in "
+#~ "the given time frame."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Le calendrier pour un mois est simplement l'ensemble des liens vers les "
+#~ "pages écrites chaque jour du mois. Le calendrier pour une année est "
+#~ "l'ensemble des liens vers les pages d'archives, comme `archives/2007` "
+#~ "(tout 2007) ou `archives/2007/01` (tout janvier 2007). Pour que cela "
+#~ "fonctionne, il faut créer ces pages d'archive, qui comporteront une "
+#~ "directive [[inline]] pour afficher ou lister les pages créées dans "
+#~ "l'intervalle de temps donné."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"commenter."
msgstr ""
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"`nickname` - Name to display for a logged in commenter. (Optional; used for "
+"OpenIDs.)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`ip` - Can be used to record the IP address of a commenter, if they posted "
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`claimedauthor` - Records the name that the user entered, if anonmous "
+"`claimedauthor` - Records the name that the user entered, if anonymous "
"commenters are allowed to enter their (unverified) name."
msgstr ""
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 13:58+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
msgstr ""
"Die `comment`-Anweisung wird durch die [[!iki plugins/comments "
"desc=comments]]-Erweiterung bereitgestellt, und wird zum Hinzufügen von "
-"Kommentaren zu einer Seite verwendet. Typischerweise ist diese Anweisung "
-"das Einzige auf einer Kommentarseite, und wird von der comment-Erweiterung "
+"Kommentaren zu einer Seite verwendet. Typischerweise ist diese Anweisung das "
+"Einzige auf einer Kommentarseite, und wird von der comment-Erweiterung "
"ausgefüllt, wenn ein Benutzer einen Kommentar veröffentlicht."
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`content` - Text to display for the comment. Note that "
-"[[directives|ikiwiki/directive]] may not be allowed, depending on the "
-"configuration of the comment plugin."
+"`content` - Text to display for the comment. Note that [[directives|ikiwiki/"
+"directive]] may not be allowed, depending on the configuration of the "
+"comment plugin."
msgstr ""
"`content` - Text, der in diesem Kommentar angezeigt werden soll. "
"[[Anweisungen|ikiwiki/directive]] sind hier unter Umständen nicht erlaubt, "
"since it's parsed by [[!cpan TimeDate]]"
msgstr ""
"`date` - Datum, an dem der Kommentar veröffentlicht wurde. Kann in beinahe "
-"beliebigem Format angegeben werden, da es von [[!cpan TimeDate]] "
-"ausgewertet wird."
+"beliebigem Format angegeben werden, da es von [[!cpan TimeDate]] ausgewertet "
+"wird."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`username` - Used to record the username (or OpenID) of a logged in "
"commenter."
msgstr ""
-"`username` - Hier wird der Benutzername (oder die OpenID) eines "
-"angemeldeten Kommentators gespeichert."
+"`username` - Hier wird der Benutzername (oder die OpenID) eines angemeldeten "
+"Kommentators gespeichert."
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"`nickname` - Name to display for a logged in commenter. (Optional; used for "
+"OpenIDs.)"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-09 20:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 16:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"desc=comments]] plugin, and is used to add a comment to a page. Typically, "
"the directive is the only thing on a comment page, and is filled out by the "
"comment plugin when a user posts a comment."
-msgstr "La directive `comment` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/comments desc=comments]]. Elle permet l'ajout d'un commentaire sur une page. En général, la page ne comporte que la directive et c'est le greffon lui-même qui remplit la directive quand un utilisateur poste un commentaire "
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `comment` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/"
+"comments desc=comments]]. Elle permet l'ajout d'un commentaire sur une page. "
+"En général, la page ne comporte que la directive et c'est le greffon lui-"
+"même qui remplit la directive quand un utilisateur poste un commentaire."
#. type: Plain text
msgid "Example:"
msgid ""
"`date` - Date the comment was posted. Can be entered in nearly any format, "
"since it's parsed by [[!cpan TimeDate]]"
-msgstr "`date` - Indique la date du commentaire. Cette date peut utiliser presque tous les formats, puisqu'elle est analysée par [[!cpan TimeDate]]."
+msgstr ""
+"`date` - Indique la date du commentaire. Cette date peut utiliser presque "
+"tous les formats, puisqu'elle est analysée par [[!cpan TimeDate]]."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`username` - Sert pour l'enregistrement du nom (ou OpenID) d'un commentateur "
"présent."
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"`nickname` - Name to display for a logged in commenter. (Optional; used for "
+"OpenIDs.)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`ip` - Can be used to record the IP address of a commenter, if they posted "
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`claimedauthor` - Records the name that the user entered, if anonmous "
+"`claimedauthor` - Records the name that the user entered, if anonymous "
"commenters are allowed to enter their (unverified) name."
msgstr ""
"`claimedauthor` - Enregistre le nom donné par l'utilisateur, si les "
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The template page can also contain [[!cpan HTML::Template]] directives,\n"
-"similar to other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
+"like other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
"set: `<TMPL_VAR name>` is replaced with the name of the page being\n"
"created.\n"
msgstr ""
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 13:59+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
msgstr ""
"Diese Anweisung erlaubt es, Vorlagen-Seiten zu registrieren, die einen "
"Standardinhalt für neue Seiten bereitstellen, die über das Webfrontend "
-"angelegt werden. Um eine Vorlage zu registrieren, fügt man eine "
-"[[ikiwiki/directive/template]]-Anweisung auf einer anderen Seite ein."
+"angelegt werden. Um eine Vorlage zu registrieren, fügt man eine [[ikiwiki/"
+"directive/template]]-Anweisung auf einer anderen Seite ein."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The template page can also contain [[!cpan HTML::Template]] directives,\n"
-"similar to other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
+"like other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
"set: `<TMPL_VAR name>` is replaced with the name of the page being\n"
"created.\n"
msgstr ""
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-05 08:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"template to be used when any page named \"bugs/*\" is created. To avoid the "
"directive displaying a note about the template being registered, add "
"\"silent=yes\"."
-msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus, la page nommée « bugtemplate » est enregistrée comme modèle de page à utiliser pour toute page nommée « bugs/* » qui sera créée. Pour éviter que la directive n'affiche une note au sujet de l'enregistrement du modèle, il suffit d'activer le paramètre « silent=yes »."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'exemple ci-dessus, la page nommée « bugtemplate » est enregistrée "
+"comme modèle de page à utiliser pour toute page nommée « bugs/* » qui sera "
+"créée. Pour éviter que la directive n'affiche une note au sujet de "
+"l'enregistrement du modèle, il suffit d'activer le paramètre « silent=yes »."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Often the template page contains a simple skeleton for a particular type of "
"page. For the bug report pages in the above example, it might look something "
"like:"
-msgstr "Souvent la page modèle contient le simple squelette d'une page particulière. Pour le modèle « rapport de bogue » dans l'exemple, ce squelette pourrait se présenter ainsi :"
+msgstr ""
+"Souvent la page modèle contient le simple squelette d'une page particulière. "
+"Pour le modèle « rapport de bogue » dans l'exemple, ce squelette pourrait se "
+"présenter ainsi :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"\tDétails : \n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The template page can also contain [[!cpan HTML::Template]] directives,\n"
+#| "similar to other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
+#| "set: `<TMPL_VAR name>` is replaced with the name of the page being\n"
+#| "created.\n"
msgid ""
"The template page can also contain [[!cpan HTML::Template]] directives,\n"
-"similar to other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
+"like other ikiwiki [[templates]]. Currently only one variable is\n"
"set: `<TMPL_VAR name>` is replaced with the name of the page being\n"
"created.\n"
msgstr "La page modèle peut aussi contenir des directives [[!cpan HTML::Template]], comparables aux autres modèles [[templates]]. Pour l'instant, une seule variable est définie : `<TMPL_VAR name>`. Elle est remplacée par le nom de la page qui est créée.\n"
"the template on new pages, which would then in turn be registered as "
"templates. If multiple pages are registered as templates for a new page, an "
"arbitrary one is chosen, so that could get confusing."
-msgstr "Ce n'est pas une bonne idée de mettre la directive `edittemplate` dans la page modèle elle-même. En effet la directive serait alors incluse comme partie du modèle sur les nouvelles pages, qui seraient à leur tour enregistrées comme modèles. Si de nombreuses pages sont enregistrées comme modèles pour une page, un modèle est choisi au hasard et tout devient confus. "
+msgstr ""
+"Ce n'est pas une bonne idée de mettre la directive `edittemplate` dans la "
+"page modèle elle-même. En effet la directive serait alors incluse comme "
+"partie du modèle sur les nouvelles pages, qui seraient à leur tour "
+"enregistrées comme modèles. Si de nombreuses pages sont enregistrées comme "
+"modèles pour une page, un modèle est choisi au hasard et tout devient "
+"confus. "
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\t\\[[format perl \"\"\"\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[format perl \"\"\"\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!format perl \"\"\"\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[format perl \"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-10 16:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 16:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
msgid ""
"The `format` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/format "
"desc=format]] plugin."
-msgstr "La directive `format` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/format desc=format]]."
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `format` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/"
+"format desc=format]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"format. It takes two parameters. First is the type of format to use, ie the "
"extension that would be used for a standalone file of this type. Second is "
"the text to format."
-msgstr "Cette directive permet de formater un texte avec tout type de format disponible. Elle possède deux paramètres. Le premier est le format à utiliser, c'est-à-dire l'extension à donner à un fichier de ce type. Le second est le texte à formater."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette directive permet de formater un texte avec tout type de format "
+"disponible. Elle possède deux paramètres. Le premier est le format à "
+"utiliser, c'est-à-dire l'extension à donner à un fichier de ce type. Le "
+"second est le texte à formater."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"For example, this will embed an otl outline inside a page using mdwn or some "
"other format:"
-msgstr "Par exemple, pour insérer un fichier outline (.otl) dans une page qui utilise mdwn ou un autre format :"
+msgstr ""
+"Par exemple, pour insérer un fichier outline (.otl) dans une page qui "
+"utilise mdwn ou un autre format :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
"\tbar\n"
"\t\t3\n"
"\t\t4\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Note that if the highlight plugin is enabled, this directive can also be "
"used to display syntax highlighted code. Many languages and formats are "
"supported. For example:"
-msgstr "Si le greffon highlight est activé, cette directive permet d'afficher un code dont la syntaxe est mise en évidence. Beaucoup de langages sont reconnus. Par exemple :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le greffon highlight est activé, cette directive permet d'afficher un "
+"code dont la syntaxe est mise en évidence. Beaucoup de langages sont "
+"reconnus. Par exemple :"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\t\\[[format perl \"\"\"\n"
-msgstr "\t\\[[format perl \"\"\"\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[format perl \"\"\"\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!format perl \"\"\"\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!format perl \"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` and `id` parameters. "
-"These are passed through unchanged to the html img tag. If you include a "
-"`caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed centered beneath the "
-"image."
+"You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align`, `id`, `hspace`, and "
+"`vspace` parameters. These are passed through unchanged to the html img "
+"tag. If you include a `caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed "
+"centered beneath the image."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The `link` parameter is used to control whether the scaled down image links "
-"to the full size version. By default it does; set \"link=somepage\" to link "
-"to another page instead, or \"link=no\" to disable the link, or "
-"\"link=http://url\" to link to a given url."
+"The `link` parameter is used to control whether the scaled image links to "
+"the full size version. By default it does; set \"link=somepage\" to link to "
+"another page instead, or \"link=no\" to disable the link, or \"link=http://"
+"url\" to link to a given url."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:02+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "The `img` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/img desc=img]] plugin."
+msgid ""
+"The `img` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/img desc=img]] plugin."
msgstr ""
"Die `img`-Anweisung wird durch die [[!iki plugins/img desc=img]]-Erweiterung "
"bereitgestellt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"This is an image handling directive. While ikiwiki supports inlining "
-"full-size images by making a [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] that points to the image, "
-"using this directive you can easily scale down an image for inclusion onto a "
-"page, providing a link to a full-size version."
+"This is an image handling directive. While ikiwiki supports inlining full-"
+"size images by making a [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] that points to the image, using "
+"this directive you can easily scale down an image for inclusion onto a page, "
+"providing a link to a full-size version."
msgstr ""
-"Diese Anweisung verarbeitet Bilder. Während ikiwiki das Einbinden von Bildern in "
-"voller Größe durch einen [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] auf das Bild unterstützt, kann man "
-"mit dieser Anweisung ein Bild einfach herunterskalieren, um es in eine Seite "
-"einzubinden, und einen Link auf das Bild in Originalgröße setzen."
+"Diese Anweisung verarbeitet Bilder. Während ikiwiki das Einbinden von "
+"Bildern in voller Größe durch einen [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] auf das Bild "
+"unterstützt, kann man mit dieser Anweisung ein Bild einfach "
+"herunterskalieren, um es in eine Seite einzubinden, und einen Link auf das "
+"Bild in Originalgröße setzen."
#. type: Title ##
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
"Der Parameter `size` ist optional, voreingestellt ist die volle Größe. Das "
"Seitenverhältnis des Originalbildes wird immer bewahrt, auch wenn das Bild "
-"dadurch kleiner wird als angegeben. Man kann auch nur die Breite oder nur die "
-"Höhe angeben, dann wird der jeweils andere Wert automatisch berechnet: `200x`, "
-"`x200`."
+"dadurch kleiner wird als angegeben. Man kann auch nur die Breite oder nur "
+"die Höhe angeben, dann wird der jeweils andere Wert automatisch berechnet: "
+"`200x`, `x200`."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` and `id` parameters. "
+#| "These are passed through unchanged to the html img tag. If you include a "
+#| "`caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed centered beneath the "
+#| "image."
msgid ""
-"You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` and `id` parameters. "
-"These are passed through unchanged to the html img tag. If you include a "
-"`caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed centered beneath the "
-"image."
+"You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align`, `id`, `hspace`, and "
+"`vspace` parameters. These are passed through unchanged to the html img "
+"tag. If you include a `caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed "
+"centered beneath the image."
msgstr ""
-"Man kann auch die Parameter `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` und `id` übergeben. "
-"Diese werden an den img-Tag im erzeugten HTML-Code weitergereicht. Wird der "
-"Parameter `caption` angegeben, wird sein Wert unter dem Bild zentriert angezeigt."
+"Man kann auch die Parameter `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` und `id` "
+"übergeben. Diese werden an den img-Tag im erzeugten HTML-Code "
+"weitergereicht. Wird der Parameter `caption` angegeben, wird sein Wert unter "
+"dem Bild zentriert angezeigt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The `link` parameter is used to control whether the scaled image links to "
"the full size version. By default it does; set \"link=somepage\" to link to "
-"another page instead, or \"link=no\" to disable the link, or "
-"\"link=http://url\" to link to a given url."
+"another page instead, or \"link=no\" to disable the link, or \"link=http://"
+"url\" to link to a given url."
msgstr ""
-"Der Parameter `link` steuert, ob herunterskalierte Bilder mit dem Originalbild "
-"verlinkt werden. In der Voreinstellung ist dies der Fall; mit `link=AndereSeite` "
-"zeigt der Link auf eine andere Seite, mit `link=no` wird der Link deaktiviert, "
-"mit `link=http://url` zeigt er auf die angegebene URL."
+"Der Parameter `link` steuert, ob herunterskalierte Bilder mit dem "
+"Originalbild verlinkt werden. In der Voreinstellung ist dies der Fall; mit "
+"`link=AndereSeite` zeigt der Link auf eine andere Seite, mit `link=no` wird "
+"der Link deaktiviert, mit `link=http://url` zeigt er auf die angegebene URL."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"You can also set default values that will be applied to all later images on "
"the page, unless overridden. Useful when including many images on a page."
msgstr ""
-"Man kann auch die Voreinstellung für die weiter unten auf der Seite eingebundenen "
-"Bilder verändern. Dies ist nützlich, wenn es auf einer Seite viele Bilder gibt."
+"Man kann auch die Voreinstellung für die weiter unten auf der Seite "
+"eingebundenen Bilder verändern. Dies ist nützlich, wenn es auf einer Seite "
+"viele Bilder gibt."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-06 15:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 16:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"calculée selon le format d'image, \"200x\", \"x200\"."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` and `id` parameters. "
+#| "These are passed through unchanged to the html img tag. If you include a "
+#| "`caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed centered beneath the "
+#| "image."
msgid ""
-"You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` and `id` parameters. "
-"These are passed through unchanged to the html img tag. If you include a "
-"`caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed centered beneath the "
-"image."
+"You can also pass `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align`, `id`, `hspace`, and "
+"`vspace` parameters. These are passed through unchanged to the html img "
+"tag. If you include a `caption` parameter, the caption will be displayed "
+"centered beneath the image."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi spécifier les paramètres `alt`, `title`, `class`, `align` "
"et `id`. Ils sont passés inchangés à la balise HTML « img ». Si vous ajoutez "
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The `link` parameter is used to control whether the scaled down image links "
-"to the full size version. By default it does; set \"link=somepage\" to link "
-"to another page instead, or \"link=no\" to disable the link, or "
-"\"link=http://url\" to link to a given url."
+"The `link` parameter is used to control whether the scaled image links to "
+"the full size version. By default it does; set \"link=somepage\" to link to "
+"another page instead, or \"link=no\" to disable the link, or \"link=http://"
+"url\" to link to a given url."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre `link` contrôle la liaison entre l'image réduite et l'image à "
"taille réelle. Par défaut il les relie. Vous pouvez définir \"link=somepage"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-26 13:39-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`sort` - Controls how inlined pages are sorted. The default, \"age\" is to "
-"sort newest created pages first. Setting it to \"title\" will sort pages by "
-"title, and \"mtime\" sorts most recently modified pages first. If [[!cpan "
-"Sort::Naturally]] is installed, `sort` can be set to \"title_natural\" to "
-"sort by title with numbers treated as such (\"1 2 9 10 20\" instead of \"1 "
-"10 2 20 9\")."
+"`sort` - Controls how inlined pages are [[sorted|pagespec/sorting]]. The "
+"default is to sort the newest created pages first."
msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`quick` - Build archives in quick mode, without reading page contents for "
-"metadata. By default, this also turns off generation of any feeds."
+"metadata. This also turns off generation of any feeds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-26 13:39-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-05 11:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 16:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
-"`sort` - Controls how inlined pages are sorted. The default, \"age\" is to "
-"sort newest created pages first. Setting it to \"title\" will sort pages by "
-"title, and \"mtime\" sorts most recently modified pages first. If [[!cpan "
-"Sort::Naturally]] is installed, `sort` can be set to \"title_natural\" to "
-"sort by title with numbers treated as such (\"1 2 9 10 20\" instead of \"1 "
-"10 2 20 9\")."
-msgstr ""
-"`sort` - Ce paramètre contrôle la façon de trier les pages reliées. Avec le "
-"critère par défaut, \"age\", les pages les plus récentes sont classées en "
-"premier. Avec le critère \"title\", les pages seront classées par titre. "
-"Avec le critère \"mtime\", les pages les plus récemment modifiées seront "
-"classées en premier. Si le module [[!cpan Sort::Naturally]] est installé, on "
-"peut utiliser le critère \"title_natural\" pour trier par titre avec nombres "
-"ordonnés numériquement (\"1 2 9 10 20\" au lieu de \"1 10 2 20 9\")."
+"`sort` - Controls how inlined pages are [[sorted|pagespec/sorting]]. The "
+"default is to sort the newest created pages first."
+msgstr "`sort` - permet d'indiquer comment les pages liées sont triées [[sorted|pagespec/sorting]]. Par défaut, les pages les plus récentes sont triées en premier."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "`reverse` - If set to \"yes\", causes the sort order to be reversed."
"page."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#| msgid ""
+#| "`quick` - Build archives in quick mode, without reading page contents for "
+#| "metadata. By default, this also turns off generation of any feeds."
msgid ""
"`quick` - Build archives in quick mode, without reading page contents for "
-"metadata. By default, this also turns off generation of any feeds."
-msgstr ""
-"`quick` - Construire l'archive en mode rapide, sans chercher les métadonnées "
-"dans le contenu des pages. Par défaut, cela désactive la création de flux."
+"metadata. This also turns off generation of any feeds."
+msgstr "`quick` - Construire l'archive en mode rapide, sans chercher les métadonnées dans le contenu des pages. Cela désactive la création de flux."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"Une directive apparentée à cette directive est [[ikiwiki/directive/"
"edittemplate]], qui permet d'indiquer un texte par défaut pour la nouvelle "
"page."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "`sort` - Controls how inlined pages are sorted. The default, \"age\" is "
+#~ "to sort newest created pages first. Setting it to \"title\" will sort "
+#~ "pages by title, and \"mtime\" sorts most recently modified pages first. "
+#~ "If [[!cpan Sort::Naturally]] is installed, `sort` can be set to "
+#~ "\"title_natural\" to sort by title with numbers treated as such (\"1 2 9 "
+#~ "10 20\" instead of \"1 10 2 20 9\")."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "`sort` - Ce paramètre contrôle la façon de trier les pages reliées. Avec "
+#~ "le critère par défaut, \"age\", les pages les plus récentes sont classées "
+#~ "en premier. Avec le critère \"title\", les pages seront classées par "
+#~ "titre. Avec le critère \"mtime\", les pages les plus récemment modifiées "
+#~ "seront classées en premier. Si le module [[!cpan Sort::Naturally]] est "
+#~ "installé, on peut utiliser le critère \"title_natural\" pour trier par "
+#~ "titre avec nombres ordonnés numériquement (\"1 2 9 10 20\" au lieu de \"1 "
+#~ "10 2 20 9\")."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
msgid ""
"Only links between mapped pages will be shown; links pointing to or from "
"unmapped pages will be omitted. If the pages to include are not specified, "
-"the links between all pages (and other files) in the wiki are mapped. For "
-"best results, only a small set of pages should be mapped, since otherwise "
-"the map can become very large, unwieldy, and complicated. Also, the map is "
-"rebuilt whenever one of the mapped pages is changed, which can make the wiki "
-"a bit slow."
+"the links between all pages (and other files) in the wiki are mapped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
"the map's size is not limited."
msgstr ""
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"`connected` - Controls whether to include pages on the map that link to no "
+"other pages (connected=no, the default), or to only show pages that link to "
+"others (connected=yes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"For best results, only a small set of pages should be mapped, since "
+"otherwise the map can become very large, unwieldy, and complicated. If too "
+"many pages are included, the map may get so large that graphviz cannot "
+"render it. Using the `connected` parameter is a good way to prune out pages "
+"that clutter the map."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-11 21:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 15:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
msgid ""
"The `linkmap` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/linkmap "
"desc=linkmap]] plugin."
-msgstr "\"La directive `linkmap` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/linkmap desc=linkmap]]."
+msgstr ""
+"\"La directive `linkmap` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki "
+"plugins/linkmap desc=linkmap]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"This directive uses [graphviz](http://www.graphviz.org/) to generate a graph "
"showing the links between a set of pages in the wiki. Example usage:"
-msgstr "Cette directive utilise le programme [graphviz](http://www.graphviz.org/) pour créer un graphique montrant les liens existants entre certaines pages du wiki. Par exemple :"
+msgstr ""
+"Cette directive utilise le programme [graphviz](http://www.graphviz.org/) "
+"pour créer un graphique montrant les liens existants entre certaines pages "
+"du wiki. Par exemple :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr "\t\\[[!linkmap pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Only links between mapped pages will be shown; links pointing to or from "
+#| "unmapped pages will be omitted. If the pages to include are not "
+#| "specified, the links between all pages (and other files) in the wiki are "
+#| "mapped. For best results, only a small set of pages should be mapped, "
+#| "since otherwise the map can become very large, unwieldy, and complicated. "
+#| "Also, the map is rebuilt whenever one of the mapped pages is changed, "
+#| "which can make the wiki a bit slow."
msgid ""
"Only links between mapped pages will be shown; links pointing to or from "
"unmapped pages will be omitted. If the pages to include are not specified, "
-"the links between all pages (and other files) in the wiki are mapped. For "
-"best results, only a small set of pages should be mapped, since otherwise "
-"the map can become very large, unwieldy, and complicated. Also, the map is "
-"rebuilt whenever one of the mapped pages is changed, which can make the wiki "
-"a bit slow."
-msgstr "Seuls les liens entre les pages recherchées sont montrés. Des liens existants entre des pages non recherchées sont ignorés. Si les pages à rechercher ne sont pas spécifiées, les liens entre toutes les pages (et tous les fichiers) du wiki seront affichés. Pour des résultats corrects, il vaut mieux définir l'ensemble des pages à rechercher. Sinon, le diagramme deviendra très grand, illisible et compliqué. De plus le diagramme est reconstruit à chaque modification d'une page faisant partie de l'ensemble, ce qui peut rendre le wiki un peu lent."
+"the links between all pages (and other files) in the wiki are mapped."
+msgstr "Seuls les liens entre les pages recherchées sont montrés. Des liens existants entre des pages non recherchées sont ignorés. Si les pages à rechercher ne sont pas spécifiées, les liens entre toutes les pages (et tous les fichiers) du wiki seront affichés."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "`pages` - A [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] of the pages to map."
-msgstr "`pages` - Une spécification [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] des pages à rechercher."
+msgstr ""
+"`pages` - Une spécification [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] des pages à rechercher."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid ""
"`height`, `width` - Limit the size of the map to a given height and width, "
"in inches. Both must be specified for the limiting to take effect, otherwise "
"the map's size is not limited."
-msgstr "`height`, `width` - Ces paramètres limitent la taille du diagramme, avec une hauteur et une largeur exprimées en pouce. Vous devez les indiquer tous les deux. Sinon le programme choisira une valeur sans limites."
+msgstr ""
+"`height`, `width` - Ces paramètres limitent la taille du diagramme, avec une "
+"hauteur et une largeur exprimées en pouce. Vous devez les indiquer tous les "
+"deux. Sinon le programme choisira une valeur sans limites."
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"`connected` - Controls whether to include pages on the map that link to no "
+"other pages (connected=no, the default), or to only show pages that link to "
+"others (connected=yes)."
+msgstr " `connected` - permet d'indiquer si l'on inclut les pages sans lien à d'autres pages (connected=no, par défaut), ou si l'on ne montre que les pages liées à d'autres pages (connected=yes)."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"For best results, only a small set of pages should be mapped, since "
+"otherwise the map can become very large, unwieldy, and complicated. If too "
+"many pages are included, the map may get so large that graphviz cannot "
+"render it. Using the `connected` parameter is a good way to prune out pages "
+"that clutter the map."
+msgstr "Pour des résultats corrects, il vaut mieux définir l'ensemble des pages à rechercher. Sinon, le diagramme deviendra très grand, illisible et compliqué. Si l'on inclut trop de pages, le diagramme deviendra si grand que graphviz ne pourra pas l'afficher. Le paramètre `connected` permet de se débarrasser des pages qui emcombrent le diagramme."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
msgid "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=description]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Hint: To limit the map to displaying pages less than a certain level deep, "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-06 09:09+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 15:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\\n\"\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
msgid "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=title]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=description]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!map pages=\"* and !blog/* and !*/Discussion\" show=description]]\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Hint: To limit the map to displaying pages less than a certain level deep, "
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
" differently in this case.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" An optional `sortas` parameter will be used preferentially when\n"
+" [[ikiwiki/pagespec/sorting]] by `meta(title)`:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta title=\"The Beatles\" sortas=\"Beatles, The\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta title=\"David Bowie\" sortas=\"Bowie, David\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "license"
msgstr "license"
msgid " Specifies the author of a page.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" An optional `sortas` parameter will be used preferentially when\n"
+" [[ikiwiki/pagespec/sorting]] by `meta(author)`:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta author=\"Joey Hess\" sortas=\"Hess, Joey\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "authorurl"
msgstr "authorurl"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" Specifies a \"description\" of the page. You could use this to provide\n"
-" a summary, for example, to be picked up by the [[map]] directive.\n"
+" Specifies a short description for the page. This will be put in\n"
+" the html header, and can also be displayed by eg, the [[map]] directive.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Bullet: '* '
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:04+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"The `meta` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/meta desc=meta]] "
"plugin."
msgstr ""
-"Die `meta`-Anweisung wird durch die [[!iki plugins/meta desc=meta]]-Erweiterung "
-"bereitgestellt."
+"Die `meta`-Anweisung wird durch die [[!iki plugins/meta desc=meta]]-"
+"Erweiterung bereitgestellt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The first form sets a given field to a given value, while the second form "
"also specifies some additional sub-parameters."
msgstr ""
-"In der ersten Form wird das angegebene Feld auf den angegebenen Wert gesetzt. In "
-"der zweiten Form werden zusätzlich einige Unter-Parameter angegeben."
+"In der ersten Form wird das angegebene Feld auf den angegebenen Wert "
+"gesetzt. In der zweiten Form werden zusätzlich einige Unter-Parameter "
+"angegeben."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The field values are treated as HTML entity-escaped text, so you can include "
"a quote in the text by writing `"` and so on."
msgstr ""
-"Die Feldwerte können HTML-Entities enthalten, zum Beispiel kann durch `"` "
-"ein Anführungszeichen eingefügt werden."
+"Die Feldwerte können HTML-Entities enthalten, zum Beispiel kann durch `""
+"` ein Anführungszeichen eingefügt werden."
#. type: Plain text
msgid "Supported fields:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" Note that if the title is overridden, a \"title_overridden\" variable "
-"will\n"
-" be set to a true value in the template; this can be used to format "
-"things\n"
+" Note that if the title is overridden, a \"title_overridden\" variable will\n"
+" be set to a true value in the template; this can be used to format things\n"
" differently in this case.\n"
msgstr ""
" Wenn der Titel so überschrieben wird, wird die Template-Variable\n"
" `title_overridden` auf wahr gesetzt. Eine Vorlage kann in diesem\n"
" Fall eine andere Darstellung wählen.\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" An optional `sortas` parameter will be used preferentially when\n"
+" [[ikiwiki/pagespec/sorting]] by `meta(title)`:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta title=\"The Beatles\" sortas=\"Beatles, The\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta title=\"David Bowie\" sortas=\"Bowie, David\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "license"
msgstr "`license`"
msgid " Specifies the author of a page.\n"
msgstr " Gibt den Autor der Seite an.\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" An optional `sortas` parameter will be used preferentially when\n"
+" [[ikiwiki/pagespec/sorting]] by `meta(author)`:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta author=\"Joey Hess\" sortas=\"Hess, Joey\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "authorurl"
msgstr "`authorurl`"
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Specifies a link to another page. This can be used as a way to make the\n"
-" wiki treat one page as linking to another without displaying a "
-"user-visible\n"
+" wiki treat one page as linking to another without displaying a user-visible\n"
" [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]:\n"
msgstr ""
" Gibt einen Link zu einer anderen Seite an. Auf diese Weise kann das Wiki\n"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" \\[[!meta link=\"http://joeyh.myopenid.com/\" "
-"rel=\"openid.delegate\"]]\n"
-msgstr ""
-" \\[[!meta link=\"http://joeyh.myopenid.com/\" "
-"rel=\"openid.delegate\"]]\n"
+msgid " \\[[!meta link=\"http://joeyh.myopenid.com/\" rel=\"openid.delegate\"]]\n"
+msgstr " \\[[!meta link=\"http://joeyh.myopenid.com/\" rel=\"openid.delegate\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#:
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" However, this latter syntax won't be allowed if the \n"
-" [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber desc=htmlscrubber]] plugin is enabled, since "
-"it can be used to\n"
+" [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber desc=htmlscrubber]] plugin is enabled, since it can be used to\n"
" insert unsafe content.\n"
msgstr ""
" Allerdings ist diese zweite Syntax nicht erlaubt, wenn die\n"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" For both cases, an anchor to jump to inside the destination page may also "
-"be\n"
+" For both cases, an anchor to jump to inside the destination page may also be\n"
" specified using the common `#ANCHOR` syntax.\n"
msgstr ""
" In beiden Fällen kann ein anzuspringender Anker auf der Zielseite\n"
-" angegeben werden, indem die übliche `#ANKER`-Syntax verwendet wird.\n "
+" angegeben werden, indem die übliche `#ANKER`-Syntax verwendet wird.\n"
+" "
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "robots"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" Valid values for the attribute are: \"index\", \"noindex\", \"follow\", "
-"and\n"
-" \"nofollow\". Multiple comma-separated values are allowed, but obviously "
-"only\n"
+" Valid values for the attribute are: \"index\", \"noindex\", \"follow\", and\n"
+" \"nofollow\". Multiple comma-separated values are allowed, but obviously only\n"
" some combinations make sense. If there is no robots meta tag, \"index,\n"
" follow\" is used as the default.\n"
msgstr ""
" Specifies a globally unique ID for a page. This guid should be a URI\n"
" (in particular, it can be `urn:uuid:` followed by a UUID, as per\n"
" [[!rfc 4122]]), and it will be used to identify the page's entry in RSS\n"
-" and Atom feeds. If not given, the default is to use the page's URL as "
-"its\n"
+" and Atom feeds. If not given, the default is to use the page's URL as its\n"
" guid.\n"
msgstr ""
" Gibt eine global einmalige ID für die Seite an. Diese guid sollte eine\n"
msgid ""
" Specifies a fake modification time for a page, to be output into RSS and\n"
" Atom feeds. This is useful to avoid flooding aggregators that sort by\n"
-" modification time, like Planet: for instance, when editing an old blog "
-"post\n"
-" to add tags, you could set `updated` to be one second later than the "
-"original\n"
+" modification time, like Planet: for instance, when editing an old blog post\n"
+" to add tags, you could set `updated` to be one second later than the original\n"
" value. The date/time can be given in any format that\n"
" [[!cpan TimeDate]] can understand, just like the `date` field.\n"
msgstr ""
"won't be allowed if the [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber desc=htmlscrubber]] "
"plugin is enabled, since it can be used to insert unsafe content."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn das Feld nicht eines der oben vordefinierten ist, werden die Metadaten als "
-"<meta>-Header in die generierte Seite geschrieben. Dies ist allerdings "
-"nicht erlaubt, wenn die [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber "
-"desc=htmlscrubber]]-Erweiterung aktiv ist, da auf diese Weise unsichere Inhalte "
-"eingefügt werden können."
+"Wenn das Feld nicht eines der oben vordefinierten ist, werden die Metadaten "
+"als <meta>-Header in die generierte Seite geschrieben. Dies ist "
+"allerdings nicht erlaubt, wenn die [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber "
+"desc=htmlscrubber]]-Erweiterung aktiv ist, da auf diese Weise unsichere "
+"Inhalte eingefügt werden können."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-06 08:44+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 15:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
" Si le titre est remplacé, une variable « title_overridden » est définie avec une valeur *true*\n"
" dans le modèle de page. On peut se servir de cette variable pour formater le texte différemment.\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" An optional `sortas` parameter will be used preferentially when\n"
+" [[ikiwiki/pagespec/sorting]] by `meta(title)`:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta title=\"The Beatles\" sortas=\"Beatles, The\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta title=\"David Bowie\" sortas=\"Bowie, David\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "license"
msgstr "license"
msgid " Specifies the author of a page.\n"
msgstr " L'auteur de la page.\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" An optional `sortas` parameter will be used preferentially when\n"
+" [[ikiwiki/pagespec/sorting]] by `meta(author)`:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!meta author=\"Joey Hess\" sortas=\"Hess, Joey\"]]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "authorurl"
msgstr "authorurl"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" Specifies a \"description\" of the page. You could use this to provide\n"
-" a summary, for example, to be picked up by the [[map]] directive.\n"
+" Specifies a short description for the page. This will be put in\n"
+" the html header, and can also be displayed by eg, the [[map]] directive.\n"
msgstr ""
-" Donne une « description » de la page. On peut s'en servir pour donner un résumé,\n"
-" qui sera utilisé par la directive [[map]].\n"
+" Donne une courte description de la page qui sera placée dans l'en-tête html \n"
+" et qui peut être affichée par la directive [[map]].\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
msgid "permalink"
"written to the generated html page as a <meta> header. However, this "
"won't be allowed if the [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber desc=htmlscrubber]] "
"plugin is enabled, since it can be used to insert unsafe content."
-msgstr "Si le paramètre n'est pas l'un de ceux définis précédemment, les metadonnées seront écrites sur la page HTML créée sous forme d' en-tête <meta>. Cependant cette expression ne sera pas permise si le greffon [[!iki plugins/htmlscrubber desc=htmlscrubber]] est activé, car il permet d'insérer des contenus non sécurisés."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le paramètre n'est pas l'un de ceux définis précédemment, les métadonnées "
+"seront écrites sur la page HTML créée sous forme d'en-tête <meta>. "
+"Cependant cette expression ne sera pas permise si le greffon [[!iki plugins/"
+"htmlscrubber desc=htmlscrubber]] est activé, car il permet d'insérer des "
+"contenus non sécurisés."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:54-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud:"
+msgid ""
+"Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud, with tags sized based on "
+"frequency of use:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"Here's how to create a list of tags, sized by use as they would be in a "
+"cloud."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"list\" pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid "And here's how to create a table of all the pages on the wiki:"
msgstr "Og sådan her dannes en tabel over alle sider i wikien:"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The optional `among` parameter limits counting to pages that match a "
-"[[ikiwiki/PageSpec]]. For instance, to display a cloud of tags used on blog "
-"entries, you could use:"
+"The optional `among` parameter limits the pages whose outgoing links are "
+"considered. For instance, to display a cloud of tags used on blog entries, "
+"while ignoring other pages that use those tags, you could use:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "or to display a cloud of tags related to Linux, you could use:"
+msgid "Or to display a cloud of tags related to Linux, you could use:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The optional `show` parameter limits display to the specified number of "
+"pages. For instance, to show a table of the top ten pages with the most "
+"links:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\" show=\"10\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\"]]\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The optional `class` parameter can be used to control the class of the "
+"generated tag cloud `div` or page stats `table`."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:05+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"den Häufigkeiten, wie oft auf die einzelnen Seiten verwiesen wurde."
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud:"
+msgid ""
+"Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud, with tags sized based on "
+"frequency of use:"
msgstr "So kann eine [[tag]]-Wolke erzeugt werden:"
#. type: Plain text
msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"Here's how to create a list of tags, sized by use as they would be in a "
+"cloud."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"list\" pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid "And here's how to create a table of all the pages on the wiki:"
msgstr "Und so kann eine Tabelle mit allen Seiten im Wiki erzeugt werden:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" "
-"among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" "
-"among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"pages. For instance, to show a table of the top ten pages with the most "
"links:"
msgstr ""
-"Der optionale Parameter `show` zeigt nur die angegebene Anzahl von Seiten an."
-" Zum Beispiel kann man eine Tabelle mit den zehn häufigsten Links anzeigen:"
+"Der optionale Parameter `show` zeigt nur die angegebene Anzahl von Seiten "
+"an. Zum Beispiel kann man eine Tabelle mit den zehn häufigsten Links "
+"anzeigen:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\" show=\"10\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\" show=\"10\"]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The optional `class` parameter can be used to control the class of the "
+"generated tag cloud `div` or page stats `table`."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-12 12:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-17 11:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
msgid ""
"The `pagestats` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/pagestats "
"desc=pagestats]] plugin."
-msgstr "La directive `pagestats` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/pagestats desc=pagestats]]."
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `pagestats` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki "
+"plugins/pagestats desc=pagestats]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"This directive can generate stats about how pages link to each other. It can "
"produce either a tag cloud, or a table counting the number of links to each "
"page."
-msgstr "Cette directive permet de créer des statistiques sur les pages et la façon dont elles sont liées. Elle affiche soit un nuage d'étiquettes, soit un tableau montrant le nombre de liens de chaque page."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette directive permet de créer des statistiques sur les pages et la façon "
+"dont elles sont liées. Elle affiche soit un nuage d'étiquettes, soit un "
+"tableau montrant le nombre de liens de chaque page."
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud:"
+msgid ""
+"Here's how to use it to create a [[tag]] cloud, with tags sized based on "
+"frequency of use:"
msgstr "Voici comment afficher un nuage d'étiquettes [[tag]] :"
#. type: Plain text
msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"Here's how to create a list of tags, sized by use as they would be in a "
+"cloud."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"list\" pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\"]]\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid "And here's how to create a table of all the pages on the wiki:"
-msgstr "Et voici comment créer le tableau :"
+msgstr "Et voici comment créer un tableau de toutes les pages du wiki :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"The optional `among` parameter limits counting to pages that match a "
-"[[ikiwiki/PageSpec]]. For instance, to display a cloud of tags used on blog "
-"entries, you could use:"
-msgstr "Le paramètre facultatif `among` permet d'utiliser une spécification [[ikiwiki/PageSpec]] pour limiter l'ensemble des pages à compter. Par exemple, pour afficher un nuage avec les étiquettes utilisées dans un blog, on peut écrire : "
+"The optional `among` parameter limits the pages whose outgoing links are "
+"considered. For instance, to display a cloud of tags used on blog entries, "
+"while ignoring other pages that use those tags, you could use:"
+msgstr ""
+"Le paramètre facultatif `among` permet de limiter l'ensemble des pages à "
+"considérer. Par exemple, pour afficher un nuage avec les étiquettes "
+"utilisées dans un blog, tout en ignorant les autres pages qui ont ces "
+"étiquettes, on peut écrire : "
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/*\" among=\"blog/posts/*\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "or to display a cloud of tags related to Linux, you could use:"
-msgstr "Pour afficher un nuage avec les étiquettes consacrées à Linux, écrivez :"
+msgid "Or to display a cloud of tags related to Linux, you could use:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour afficher un nuage avec les étiquettes consacrées à Linux, écrivez :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats pages=\"tags/* and not tags/linux\" among=\"tagged(linux)\"]]\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The optional `show` parameter limits display to the specified number of "
+"pages. For instance, to show a table of the top ten pages with the most "
+"links:"
+msgstr ""
+"Le paramètre optionnel `show` permet d'afficher un nombre déterminé de "
+"pages. Par exemple, pour afficher les dix premières pages en terme de nombre "
+"de liens : "
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\" show=\"10\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!pagestats style=\"table\" show=\"10\"]]\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The optional `class` parameter can be used to control the class of the "
+"generated tag cloud `div` or page stats `table`."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"This directive allows a page to be created using a different wikitemplates. "
-"The page text is inserted into the template, so the template controls the "
-"overall look and feel of the wiki page. This is in contrast to the [[ikiwiki/"
-"directive/template]] directive, which allows inserting templates _into_ the "
-"body of a page."
+"This directive allows a page to be displayed using a different [[template|"
+"templates]] than the default `page.tmpl` template."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"This directive can only reference templates that are already installed by "
-"the system administrator, typically into the `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` "
-"directory. Example:"
+"The page text is inserted into the template, so the template controls the "
+"overall look and feel of the wiki page. This is in contrast to the [[ikiwiki/"
+"directive/template]] directive, which allows inserting templates _into_ the "
+"body of a page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:05+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"desc=pagetemplate]]-Erweiterung bereitgestellt."
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This directive allows a page to be displayed using a different template "
+#| "than the default `page.tmpl` template."
msgid ""
-"This directive allows a page to be displayed using a different template than "
-"the default `page.tmpl` template."
+"This directive allows a page to be displayed using a different [[template|"
+"templates]] than the default `page.tmpl` template."
msgstr ""
"Diese Anweisung erlaubt es, für eine Seite eine andere als die "
"voreingestellte Vorlage `page.tmpl` zu verwenden."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The page text is inserted into the template, so the template controls the "
-"overall look and feel of the wiki page. This is in contrast to the "
-"[[ikiwiki/directive/template]] directive, which allows inserting templates "
-"_into_ the body of a page."
+"overall look and feel of the wiki page. This is in contrast to the [[ikiwiki/"
+"directive/template]] directive, which allows inserting templates _into_ the "
+"body of a page."
msgstr ""
"Der Seiteninhalt wird in die Vorlage eingefügt, die Vorlage steuert also das "
"allgemeine Erscheinungsbild der Seite. Im Gegensatz dazu erlaubt die "
"[[ikiwiki/directive/template]]-Anweisung, Vorlagen _in_ den Text einer Seite "
"einzufügen."
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"This directive can only reference templates that are already installed by "
-"the system administrator, typically into the `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` "
-"directory. Example:"
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Anweisung kann nur auf Vorlagen zurückgreifen, die bereits durch den "
-"Systemadministrator installiert wurden, typischerweise im Verzeichnis "
-"`/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates`. Beispiel:"
-
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t\\[[!pagetemplate template=\"my_fancy.tmpl\"]]\n"
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This directive can only reference templates that are already installed by "
+#~ "the system administrator, typically into the `/usr/share/ikiwiki/"
+#~ "templates` directory. Example:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Diese Anweisung kann nur auf Vorlagen zurückgreifen, die bereits durch "
+#~ "den Systemadministrator installiert wurden, typischerweise im Verzeichnis "
+#~ "`/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates`. Beispiel:"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-12 12:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-16 11:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
msgid ""
"The `pagetemplate` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/pagetemplate "
"desc=pagetemplate]] plugin."
-msgstr "La directive `pagetemplate` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/pagetemplate desc=pagetemplate]]."
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `pagetemplate` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki "
+"plugins/pagetemplate desc=pagetemplate]]."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This directive allows a page to be displayed using a different template "
+#| "than the default `page.tmpl` template."
+msgid ""
+"This directive allows a page to be displayed using a different [[template|"
+"templates]] than the default `page.tmpl` template."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette directive permet de créer des pages avec un modèle de page différent "
+"de celui utilisé par défaut, `page.tmpl`."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"This directive allows a page to be created using a different wikitemplates. "
"The page text is inserted into the template, so the template controls the "
"overall look and feel of the wiki page. This is in contrast to the [[ikiwiki/"
"directive/template]] directive, which allows inserting templates _into_ the "
"body of a page."
-msgstr "Cette directive permet de créer des pages avec un modèle de page différent. Le texte de la page est inséré dans le modèle. Ainsi le modèle commande l'allure générale de la page. Cette directive agit différemment de la directive [[ikiwiki/directive/template]] qui permet d'insérer des modèles _à l'intérieur_ du corps d'une page."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid ""
-"This directive can only reference templates that are already installed by "
-"the system administrator, typically into the `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates` "
-"directory. Example:"
-msgstr "Cette directive ne peut appeler que des modèles déjà installés par l'administrateur, en général dans le répertoire `/usr/share/ikiwiki/templates`. Exemple :"
+msgstr ""
+"Le texte de la page est inséré dans le modèle. Ainsi le modèle commande "
+"l'allure générale de la page. Cette directive agit différemment de la "
+"directive [[ikiwiki/directive/template]] qui permet d'insérer des modèles _à "
+"l'intérieur_ du corps d'une page."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This directive can only reference templates that are already installed by "
+#~ "the system administrator, typically into the `/usr/share/ikiwiki/"
+#~ "templates` directory. Example:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cette directive ne peut appeler que des modèles déjà installés par "
+#~ "l'administrateur, en général dans le répertoire `/usr/share/ikiwiki/"
+#~ "templates`. Exemple :"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-22 11:17+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!table data=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\tCustomer|Amount\n"
+#| "\tFulanito|134,34\n"
+#| "\tMenganito|234,56\n"
+#| "\tMenganito|234,56\n"
msgid ""
-"\tCustomer|Amount\n"
-"\tFulanito|134,34\n"
+"\tCustomer |Amount\n"
+"\tFulanito |134,34\n"
"\tMenganito|234,56\n"
"\tMenganito|234,56\n"
msgstr ""
" \"column\" to make the first column be the header.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"For tab-delimited tables (often obtained by copying and pasting from HTML or "
+"a spreadsheet), `delimiter` must be set to a literal tab character. These "
+"are difficult to type in most web browsers - copying and pasting one from "
+"the table data is likely to be the easiest way."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:08+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"The `table` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/table desc=table]] "
"plugin."
msgstr ""
-"Die `table`-Anweisung wird durch die [[!iki plugins/table "
-"desc=table]]-Erweiterung bereitgestellt."
+"Die `table`-Anweisung wird durch die [[!iki plugins/table desc=table]]-"
+"Erweiterung bereitgestellt."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
msgstr "Beispiele"
#. type: Plain text
-#:
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t\\[[!table data=\"\"\"\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!table data=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\tCustomer|Amount\n"
+#| "\tFulanito|134,34\n"
+#| "\tMenganito|234,56\n"
+#| "\tMenganito|234,56\n"
msgid ""
-"\tCustomer|Amount\n"
-"\tFulanito|134,34\n"
+"\tCustomer |Amount\n"
+"\tFulanito |134,34\n"
"\tMenganito|234,56\n"
"\tMenganito|234,56\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!table class=\"book_record\" format=csv "
-"file=\"data/books/record1\"]]\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\t\\[[!table class=\"book_record\" format=csv "
-"file=\"data/books/record1\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!table class=\"book_record\" format=csv file=\"data/books/record1\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!table class=\"book_record\" format=csv file=\"data/books/record1\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid "In this second example the `record1` page should be similar to:"
" DSV format uses a pipe (`|`), and CSV uses a comma (`,`).\n"
"* `class` - A CSS class for the table html element.\n"
"* `header` - By default, or if set to \"row\", the first data line is used\n"
-" as the table header. Set it to \"no\" to make a table without a header, "
-"or\n"
+" as the table header. Set it to \"no\" to make a table without a header, or\n"
" \"column\" to make the first column be the header.\n"
msgstr ""
"* `delimiter` - Das Zeichen, durch das die Zellen getrennt werden.\n"
" Mit `no` wird eine Tabelle ohne Überschrift erzeugt, mit `column`\n"
" wird die erste Spalte als Überschrift verwendet.\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"For tab-delimited tables (often obtained by copying and pasting from HTML or "
+"a spreadsheet), `delimiter` must be set to a literal tab character. These "
+"are difficult to type in most web browsers - copying and pasting one from "
+"the table data is likely to be the easiest way."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-12 09:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
msgstr "\t\\[[!table data=\"\"\"\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\tCustomer|Amount\n"
+#| "\tFulanito|134,34\n"
+#| "\tMenganito|234,56\n"
+#| "\tMenganito|234,56\n"
msgid ""
-"\tCustomer|Amount\n"
-"\tFulanito|134,34\n"
+"\tCustomer |Amount\n"
+"\tFulanito |134,34\n"
"\tMenganito|234,56\n"
"\tMenganito|234,56\n"
msgstr ""
" comme en-tête du tableau. Si la valeur est \"no\", le tableau n'a pas d'en-tête et si la valeur\n"
" est \"column\", la première colonne constitue l'en-tête.\n"
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"For tab-delimited tables (often obtained by copying and pasting from HTML or "
+"a spreadsheet), `delimiter` must be set to a literal tab character. These "
+"are difficult to type in most web browsers - copying and pasting one from "
+"the table data is likely to be the easiest way."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Note that if the wiki is configured to use a tagbase, then the tags will be "
"located under a base directory, such as \"tags/\". This is a useful way to "
"avoid having to write the full path to tags, if you want to keep them "
-"grouped together out of the way."
+"grouped together out of the way. Also, since ikiwiki then knows where to put "
+"tags, it will automatically create tag pages when new tags are used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
+#| "\t\\[[!taglink /foo]]\n"
msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
+"\t\\[[!tag /foo]]\n"
"\t\\[[!taglink /foo]]\n"
msgstr ""
"\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:08+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"\t\\[[!taglink markiert_als_foo|foo]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Note that if the wiki is configured to use a tagbase, then the tags will "
+#| "be located under a base directory, such as \"tags/\". This is a useful "
+#| "way to avoid having to write the full path to tags, if you want to keep "
+#| "them grouped together out of the way."
msgid ""
"Note that if the wiki is configured to use a tagbase, then the tags will be "
"located under a base directory, such as \"tags/\". This is a useful way to "
"avoid having to write the full path to tags, if you want to keep them "
-"grouped together out of the way."
+"grouped together out of the way. Also, since ikiwiki then knows where to put "
+"tags, it will automatically create tag pages when new tags are used."
msgstr ""
"Wenn im Wiki eine zu verwendende `tagbase` konfiguriert ist, tauchen die "
"Markierungen unterhalb dieses Verzeichnisses auf, etwa unter \"tags/\". Auf "
"werden soll, kann etwas wie das Folgende verwendet werden:"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
+#| "\t\\[[!taglink /foo]]\n"
msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
+"\t\\[[!tag /foo]]\n"
"\t\\[[!taglink /foo]]\n"
msgstr ""
"\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
-
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-01 16:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
"\t\\[[!taglink tagged_as_foo|foo]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Note that if the wiki is configured to use a tagbase, then the tags will "
+#| "be located under a base directory, such as \"tags/\". This is a useful "
+#| "way to avoid having to write the full path to tags, if you want to keep "
+#| "them grouped together out of the way."
msgid ""
"Note that if the wiki is configured to use a tagbase, then the tags will be "
"located under a base directory, such as \"tags/\". This is a useful way to "
"avoid having to write the full path to tags, if you want to keep them "
-"grouped together out of the way."
+"grouped together out of the way. Also, since ikiwiki then knows where to put "
+"tags, it will automatically create tag pages when new tags are used."
msgstr ""
"Si le wiki utilise un répertoire d'étiquettes, les étiquettes seront alors "
"dans un répertoire, comme « tags/ ». C'est une façon pratique d'éviter "
"pouvez écrire quelque chose comme ça :"
#. type: Plain text
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
+#| "\t\\[[!taglink /foo]]\n"
msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
+"\t\\[[!tag /foo]]\n"
"\t\\[[!taglink /foo]]\n"
msgstr ""
"\t\\[[!tag ./foo]]\n"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"[[Templates]] are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in "
-"the wiki, by using the template directive. The directive has an `id` "
-"parameter that identifies the template to use. The remaining parameters are "
-"used to fill out the template."
+"The template directive allows wiki pages to be used as templates. These "
+"templates can be filled out and inserted into other pages in the wiki using "
+"the directive. The [[templates]] page lists templates that can be used with "
+"this directive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Example:"
+msgid ""
+"The directive has an `id` parameter that identifies the template to use. The "
+"remaining parameters are used to fill out the template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Example:"
+msgid "Example"
msgstr "Eksempel:"
#. type: Plain text
"Dette udfylder `note`-skabelonen, med `text`-feltet udfyldt med den angivne "
"værdi, og indsætter resultatet på siden."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Using a template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
+"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
+"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
+"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating a template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` "
+"subdirectory inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"(Alternatively, templates can be stored in a directory outside the wiki, as "
+"files with the extension \".tmpl\". By default, these are searched for in `/"
+"usr/share/ikiwiki/templates`; the `templatedir` setting can be used to make "
+"another directory be searched first.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
+"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
+"things:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
+"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
+"the value will first be converted to html."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
+"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+" <TMPL_IF color>\n"
+" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+" No favorite color.<br />\n"
+" </TMPL_IF>\n"
+" <TMPL_IF notes>\n"
+" <hr />\n"
+" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+" </TMPL_IF>\n"
+" </span>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
+"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
+"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
+"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"For a list of available templates, and details about how to create more, see "
-"the [[templates]] page."
+"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator in "
+"the example above. This ensures that if the name contains something that "
+"might be mistaken for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being "
+"processed as a [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
# modification, are permitted under any circumstances. No warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 09:29+0530\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-14 14:09+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sebastian Kuhnert <mail@sebastian-kuhnert.de>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"[[Templates]] are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in "
-"the wiki, by using the template directive. The directive has an `id` "
-"parameter that identifies the template to use. The remaining parameters are "
-"used to fill out the template."
+"The template directive allows wiki pages to be used as templates. These "
+"templates can be filled out and inserted into other pages in the wiki using "
+"the directive. The [[templates]] page lists templates that can be used with "
+"this directive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[Templates]] are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in "
+#| "the wiki, by using the template directive. The directive has an `id` "
+#| "parameter that identifies the template to use. The remaining parameters "
+#| "are used to fill out the template."
+msgid ""
+"The directive has an `id` parameter that identifies the template to use. The "
+"remaining parameters are used to fill out the template."
msgstr ""
"[[Vorlagen|templates]] sind Dateien, die ausgefüllt und in Wiki-Seiten "
"eingefügt werden können, indem die template-Anweisung verwendet wird. Die "
"identifiziert. Die restlichen Parameter werden verwendet, um die Vorlage "
"auszufüllen."
-#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Example:"
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Example:"
+msgid "Example"
msgstr "Beispiel:"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my "
-"note.\"\"\"]]\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Hier ist der Text, der in meine Notiz "
-"eingefügt werden soll.\"\"\"]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Here is the text to insert into my note.\"\"\"]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!template id=note text=\"\"\"Hier ist der Text, der in meine Notiz eingefügt werden soll.\"\"\"]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"Dies füllt die Vorlage `note` aus, wobei das Feld `text` mit dem angegebenen "
"Wert gefüllt wird, und fügt das Ergebnis in die Seite ein."
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Using a template"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"For a list of available templates, and details about how to create more, see "
-"the [[templates]] page."
+"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
+"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
+"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
+"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating a template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` "
+"subdirectory inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"(Alternatively, templates can be stored in a directory outside the wiki, as "
+"files with the extension \".tmpl\". By default, these are searched for in `/"
+"usr/share/ikiwiki/templates`; the `templatedir` setting can be used to make "
+"another directory be searched first.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
+"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
+"things:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
+"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
+"the value will first be converted to html."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
+"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+" <TMPL_IF color>\n"
+" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+" No favorite color.<br />\n"
+" </TMPL_IF>\n"
+" <TMPL_IF notes>\n"
+" <hr />\n"
+" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+" </TMPL_IF>\n"
+" </span>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
+"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
+"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
+"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator in "
+"the example above. This ensures that if the name contains something that "
+"might be mistaken for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being "
+"processed as a [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
msgstr ""
-"Auf der [[Vorlagen|templates]]-Seite gibt es eine Liste der verfügbaren "
-"Vorlagen und auch eine Anleitung, wie weitere angelegt werden können."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
-
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a list of available templates, and details about how to create more, "
+#~ "see the [[templates]] page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Auf der [[Vorlagen|templates]]-Seite gibt es eine Liste der verfügbaren "
+#~ "Vorlagen und auch eine Anleitung, wie weitere angelegt werden können."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-18 22:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-12 08:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bits\n"
msgid ""
"The `template` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/template "
"desc=template]] plugin."
-msgstr "La directive `template` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/template desc=template]]."
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `template` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/"
+"template desc=template]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"[[Templates]] are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in "
-"the wiki, by using the template directive. The directive has an `id` "
-"parameter that identifies the template to use. The remaining parameters are "
-"used to fill out the template."
-msgstr "Les modèles de page [[Templates]] sont des fichiers pouvant être remplis et insérés dans les pages du wiki, avec la directive template. Cette directive possède un paramètre `id` qui identifie le modèle à utiliser. Les autres paramètres servent à remplir le modèle."
+"The template directive allows wiki pages to be used as templates. These "
+"templates can be filled out and inserted into other pages in the wiki using "
+"the directive. The [[templates]] page lists templates that can be used with "
+"this directive."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-msgid "Example:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "[[Templates]] are files that can be filled out and inserted into pages in "
+#| "the wiki, by using the template directive. The directive has an `id` "
+#| "parameter that identifies the template to use. The remaining parameters "
+#| "are used to fill out the template."
+msgid ""
+"The directive has an `id` parameter that identifies the template to use. The "
+"remaining parameters are used to fill out the template."
+msgstr ""
+"Les modèles de page [[Templates]] sont des fichiers pouvant être remplis et "
+"insérés dans les pages du wiki, avec la directive template. Cette directive "
+"possède un paramètre `id` qui identifie le modèle à utiliser. Les autres "
+"paramètres servent à remplir le modèle."
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Example:"
+msgid "Example"
msgstr "Exemple :"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"This fills out the `note` template, filling in the `text` field with the "
"specified value, and inserts the result into the page."
-msgstr "Cette expression remplit le modèle `note`, remplaçant le champ `text` par la valeur spécifiée, et insérant le résultat dans la page."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette expression remplit le modèle `note`, remplaçant le champ `text` par la "
+"valeur spécifiée, et insérant le résultat dans la page."
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Using a template"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
-"For a list of available templates, and details about how to create more, see "
-"the [[templates]] page."
-msgstr "Consultez la page [[templates]] pour connaître les modèles de page disponibles et la manière d'en créer d'autres."
+"Generally, a value can include any markup that would be allowed in the wiki "
+"page outside the template. Triple-quoting the value even allows quotes to be "
+"included in it. Combined with multi-line quoted values, this allows for "
+"large chunks of marked up text to be embedded into a template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " \\[[!template id=foo name=\"Sally\" color=\"green\" age=8 notes=\"\"\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "\\[[Charley]]'s sister."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "\"I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+msgid "Really 8 and a half."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating a template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The template is a regular wiki page, located in the `templates/` "
+"subdirectory inside the source directory of the wiki."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"(Alternatively, templates can be stored in a directory outside the wiki, as "
+"files with the extension \".tmpl\". By default, these are searched for in `/"
+"usr/share/ikiwiki/templates`; the `templatedir` setting can be used to make "
+"another directory be searched first.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The template uses the syntax used by the [[!cpan HTML::Template]] perl "
+"module, which allows for some fairly complex things to be done. Consult its "
+"documentation for the full syntax, but all you really need to know are a few "
+"things:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"Each parameter you pass to the template directive will generate a template "
+"variable. There are also some pre-defined variables like PAGE and BASENAME."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To insert the value of a variable, use `<TMPL_VAR variable>`. Wiki markup in "
+"the value will first be converted to html."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To insert the raw value of a variable, with wiki markup not yet converted to "
+"html, use `<TMPL_VAR raw_variable>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To make a block of text conditional on a variable being set use `<TMPL_IF "
+"variable>text</TMPL_IF>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+msgid ""
+"To use one block of text if a variable is set and a second if it's not, use "
+"`<TMPL_IF variable>text<TMPL_ELSE>other text</TMPL_IF>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid "Here's a sample template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" <span class=\"infobox\">\n"
+" Name: \\[[<TMPL_VAR raw_name>]]<br />\n"
+" Age: <TMPL_VAR age><br />\n"
+" <TMPL_IF color>\n"
+" Favorite color: <TMPL_VAR color><br />\n"
+" <TMPL_ELSE>\n"
+" No favorite color.<br />\n"
+" </TMPL_IF>\n"
+" <TMPL_IF notes>\n"
+" <hr />\n"
+" <TMPL_VAR notes>\n"
+" </TMPL_IF>\n"
+" </span>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"The filled out template will be formatted the same as the rest of the page "
+"that contains it, so you can include WikiLinks and all other forms of wiki "
+"markup in the template. Note though that such WikiLinks will not show up as "
+"backlinks to the page that uses the template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"Note the use of \"raw_name\" inside the [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]] generator in "
+"the example above. This ensures that if the name contains something that "
+"might be mistaken for wiki markup, it's not converted to html before being "
+"processed as a [[ikiwiki/WikiLink]]."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
msgstr "[[!meta robots=\"noindex, follow\"]]\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a list of available templates, and details about how to create more, "
+#~ "see the [[templates]] page."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Consultez la page [[templates]] pour connaître les modèles de page "
+#~ "disponibles et la manière d'en créer d'autres."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki 3.15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-19 23:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-23 00:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: None\n"
"level, even if there are higher levels seen later in the file."
msgstr ""
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"To create a table of contents that only shows headers starting with a given "
+"level, use the `startlevel` parameter. For example, to show only h2 and "
+"smaller headers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!toc levels=2]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!toc startlevel=2]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!toc levels=2]]\n"
+
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The table of contents will be created as an ordered list. If you want an "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ikiwiki\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-15 18:30-0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-10 16:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-14 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-16 11:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The `toc` directive is supplied by the [[!iki plugins/toc desc=toc]] plugin."
-msgstr "La directive `toc` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/toc desc=toc]]."
+msgstr ""
+"La directive `toc` est fournie par le module d'extension [[!iki plugins/toc "
+"desc=toc]]."
#. type: Plain text
msgid "Add a table of contents to a page:"
"of the page. By default only the largest headers present on the page will be "
"shown; to control how many levels of headers are shown, use the `levels` "
"parameter:"
-msgstr "La table des matières sera automatiquement créée à partir des en-têtes de la page. Par défaut seuls les plus grands en-têtes présents sur la page sont affichés. Pour choisir un niveau d'en-tête, il faut utiliser le paramètre `levels` :"
+msgstr "La table des matières sera automatiquement créée à partir des titres de la page. Par défaut seuls les plus grands titres présents sur la page sont affichés. Pour choisir un niveau de titre, il faut utiliser le paramètre `levels` :"
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The toc directive will take the level of the first header as the topmost "
"level, even if there are higher levels seen later in the file."
-msgstr "La directive `toc` choisit le niveau du premier en-tête comme le premier niveau, même si des niveaux plus élévés sont rencontrés plus tard dans le fichier."
+msgstr "La directive `toc` choisit le niveau du premier titre comme le premier niveau, même si des niveaux plus élévés sont rencontrés plus tard dans le fichier."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+msgid ""
+"To create a table of contents that only shows headers starting with a given "
+"level, use the `startlevel` parameter. For example, to show only h2 and "
+"smaller headers:"
+msgstr "Pour créer une table des matières qui ne liste que les titres d'un certain niveau, vous pouvez utiliser le paramètre `startlevel`. Par exemple, pour ne montrer que les titres h2 et plus petits :"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#, no-wrap
+#| msgid "\t\\[[!toc levels=2]]\n"
+msgid "\t\\[[!toc startlevel=2]]\n"
+msgstr "\t\\[[!toc startlevel=2]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
msgid ""
"The table of contents will be created as an ordered list. If you want an "
"unordered list instead, you can change the list-style in your local style "
"sheet."
-msgstr "La table des matières est une liste ordonnée. Si vous voulez une liste non numérotée, il faut changer le style de liste dans la feuille de style locale."
+msgstr ""
+"La table des matières est une liste ordonnée. Si vous voulez une liste non "
+"numérotée, il faut changer le style de liste dans la feuille de style locale."
#. type: Plain text
#, no-wrap